US20170173167A1 - Methods and Compositions for Treatment of Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection with Conjugated Antibodies or Antibody Fragments - Google Patents
Methods and Compositions for Treatment of Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection with Conjugated Antibodies or Antibody Fragments Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20170173167A1 US20170173167A1 US15/446,186 US201715446186A US2017173167A1 US 20170173167 A1 US20170173167 A1 US 20170173167A1 US 201715446186 A US201715446186 A US 201715446186A US 2017173167 A1 US2017173167 A1 US 2017173167A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- hiv
- antibody
- antibodies
- methods
- cells
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 137
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 20
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title abstract description 57
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 title abstract description 31
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 title abstract description 31
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 title description 107
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 title description 2
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 83
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 64
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 50
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 claims abstract description 34
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 23
- 208000037357 HIV infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 21
- 208000033519 human immunodeficiency virus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 21
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 claims abstract description 12
- 239000002254 cytotoxic agent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- -1 calicheamycin Chemical compound 0.000 claims description 40
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000011225 antiretroviral therapy Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- NQDJXKOVJZTUJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nevirapine Chemical compound C12=NC=CC=C2C(=O)NC=2C(C)=CC=NC=2N1C1CC1 NQDJXKOVJZTUJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- GLVAUDGFNGKCSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercaptopurine Chemical compound S=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 GLVAUDGFNGKCSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- GXJABQQUPOEUTA-RDJZCZTQSA-N bortezomib Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)B(O)O)NC(=O)C=1N=CC=NC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 GXJABQQUPOEUTA-RDJZCZTQSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960000689 nevirapine Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-Cyan-hept-2t-en-4,6-diinsaeure Natural products C1=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C(OC)=CC=CC=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=2CC(O)(C(C)=O)CC1OC1CC(N)C(O)C(C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- FJHBVJOVLFPMQE-QFIPXVFZSA-N 7-Ethyl-10-Hydroxy-Camptothecin Chemical compound C1=C(O)C=C2C(CC)=C(CN3C(C4=C([C@@](C(=O)OC4)(O)CC)C=C33)=O)C3=NC2=C1 FJHBVJOVLFPMQE-QFIPXVFZSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N actinomycin D Natural products CC1OC(=O)C(C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)C2CCCN2C(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)NC4C(=O)NC(C(N5CCCC5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)C(C(C)C)C(=O)OC4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-camptothecin Natural products C1=CC=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)C5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- ODKNJVUHOIMIIZ-RRKCRQDMSA-N floxuridine Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(F)=C1 ODKNJVUHOIMIIZ-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960001428 mercaptopurine Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- WYWHKKSPHMUBEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-Mercaptoguanine Natural products N1C(N)=NC(=S)C2=C1N=CN2 WYWHKKSPHMUBEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorouracil Chemical compound FC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 229930012538 Paclitaxel Natural products 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940123237 Taxane Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N Vinblastine Natural products O=C(O[C@H]1[C@](O)(C(=O)OC)[C@@H]2N(C)c3c(cc(c(OC)c3)[C@]3(C(=O)OC)c4[nH]c5c(c4CCN4C[C@](O)(CC)C[C@H](C3)C4)cccc5)[C@@]32[C@H]2[C@@]1(CC)C=CCN2CC3)C JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960002949 fluorouracil Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960001592 paclitaxel Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N taxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960003048 vinblastine Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincaleukoblastine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(=O)OC)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1NC1=CC=CC=C21 JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960002555 zidovudine Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- HBOMLICNUCNMMY-XLPZGREQSA-N zidovudine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](N=[N+]=[N-])C1 HBOMLICNUCNMMY-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- PXOMSWXCVZBBIV-PQKSKRJKSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4S,6R)-4-amino-2-methyl-6-[[(1S,3S)-3,5,12-trihydroxy-3-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-10-methoxy-6,11-dioxo-2,4-dihydro-1H-tetracen-1-yl]oxy]oxan-3-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@H](C[C@@H](O1)O[C@H]2C[C@@](CC3=C2C(=C4C(=C3O)C(=O)C5=C(C4=O)C(=CC=C5)OC)O)(C(=O)CO)O)N)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)C(=O)O)O)O)O PXOMSWXCVZBBIV-PQKSKRJKSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- APOKYMYZOKIMLM-LUMVZWMBSA-N (2s,3s,4s,5r,6s)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-[4-[[(2s,3s,4s,6r)-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-6-[[(1s,3s)-3,5,12-trihydroxy-3-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-10-methoxy-6,11-dioxo-2,4-dihydro-1h-tetracen-1-yl]oxy]oxan-4-yl]carbamoyloxymethyl]-2-nitrophenoxy]oxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound N([C@H]1C[C@@H](O[C@@H](C)[C@H]1O)O[C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)C(=O)OCC(C=C1[N+]([O-])=O)=CC=C1O[C@@H]1O[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O APOKYMYZOKIMLM-LUMVZWMBSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- URCVASXWNJQAEH-HDWVWLDDSA-N (2s,3s,4s,5r,6s)-6-[4-[(5s,5ar,8ar,9r)-5-[[(2r,4ar,6r,7r,8r,8as)-7,8-dihydroxy-2-methyl-4,4a,6,7,8,8a-hexahydropyrano[3,2-d][1,3]dioxin-6-yl]oxy]-8-oxo-5a,6,8a,9-tetrahydro-5h-[2]benzofuro[5,6-f][1,3]benzodioxol-9-yl]-2,6-dimethoxyphenoxy]-3,4,5-trihydrox Chemical compound COC1=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@H](C)OC[C@H]4O3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=CC(OC)=C1O[C@@H]1O[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O URCVASXWNJQAEH-HDWVWLDDSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- FPVKHBSQESCIEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N (8S)-3-(2-deoxy-beta-D-erythro-pentofuranosyl)-3,6,7,8-tetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d][1,3]diazepin-8-ol Natural products C1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NCC2O)=C2N=C1 FPVKHBSQESCIEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- FDKXTQMXEQVLRF-ZHACJKMWSA-N (E)-dacarbazine Chemical compound CN(C)\N=N\c1[nH]cnc1C(N)=O FDKXTQMXEQVLRF-ZHACJKMWSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 102100025573 1-alkyl-2-acetylglycerophosphocholine esterase Human genes 0.000 claims description 2
- VSNHCAURESNICA-NJFSPNSNSA-N 1-oxidanylurea Chemical compound N[14C](=O)NO VSNHCAURESNICA-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- HAWSQZCWOQZXHI-FQEVSTJZSA-N 10-Hydroxycamptothecin Chemical compound C1=C(O)C=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)[C@]5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 HAWSQZCWOQZXHI-FQEVSTJZSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- YIMDLWDNDGKDTJ-QLKYHASDSA-N 3'-deamino-3'-(3-cyanomorpholin-4-yl)doxorubicin Chemical compound N1([C@H]2C[C@@H](O[C@@H](C)[C@H]2O)O[C@H]2C[C@@](O)(CC=3C(O)=C4C(=O)C=5C=CC=C(C=5C(=O)C4=C(O)C=32)OC)C(=O)CO)CCOCC1C#N YIMDLWDNDGKDTJ-QLKYHASDSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- OBKXEAXTFZPCHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-phenylbutyric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCC1=CC=CC=C1 OBKXEAXTFZPCHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- IDPUKCWIGUEADI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]uracil Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)C1=CNC(=O)NC1=O IDPUKCWIGUEADI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- NMUSYJAQQFHJEW-KVTDHHQDSA-N 5-azacytidine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)N=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 NMUSYJAQQFHJEW-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- VVIAGPKUTFNRDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6S-folinic acid Natural products C1NC=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N(C=O)C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 VVIAGPKUTFNRDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010024976 Asparaginase Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- AXRYRYVKAWYZBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atazanavir Natural products C=1C=C(C=2N=CC=CC=2)C=CC=1CN(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)OC)C(C)(C)C)CC(O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)OC)C(C)(C)C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 AXRYRYVKAWYZBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010019625 Atazanavir Sulfate Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010006654 Bleomycin Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- QAGYKUNXZHXKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CPD000469186 Natural products CC1=C(O)C=CC=C1C(=O)NC(C(O)CN1C(CC2CCCCC2C1)C(=O)NC(C)(C)C)CSC1=CC=CC=C1 QAGYKUNXZHXKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- HAWSQZCWOQZXHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N CPT-OH Natural products C1=C(O)C=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)C5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 HAWSQZCWOQZXHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- FVLVBPDQNARYJU-XAHDHGMMSA-N C[C@H]1CCC(CC1)NC(=O)N(CCCl)N=O Chemical compound C[C@H]1CCC(CC1)NC(=O)N(CCCl)N=O FVLVBPDQNARYJU-XAHDHGMMSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- KLWPJMFMVPTNCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Camptothecin Natural products CCC1(O)C(=O)OCC2=C1C=C3C4Nc5ccccc5C=C4CN3C2=O KLWPJMFMVPTNCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- DLGOEMSEDOSKAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carmustine Chemical compound ClCCNC(=O)N(N=O)CCCl DLGOEMSEDOSKAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- JWBOIMRXGHLCPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloditan Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(Cl)C=1C(C(Cl)Cl)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 JWBOIMRXGHLCPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- PTOAARAWEBMLNO-KVQBGUIXSA-N Cladribine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC(Cl)=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 PTOAARAWEBMLNO-KVQBGUIXSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclophosphamide Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)P1(=O)NCCCO1 CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-CCXZUQQUSA-N Cytarabine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-CCXZUQQUSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010092160 Dactinomycin Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- WEAHRLBPCANXCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Daunomycin Natural products CCC1(O)CC(OC2CC(N)C(O)C(C)O2)c3cc4C(=O)c5c(OC)cccc5C(=O)c4c(O)c3C1 WEAHRLBPCANXCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- BXZVVICBKDXVGW-NKWVEPMBSA-N Didanosine Chemical compound O1[C@H](CO)CC[C@@H]1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 BXZVVICBKDXVGW-NKWVEPMBSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- XPOQHMRABVBWPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Efavirenz Natural products O1C(=O)NC2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2C1(C(F)(F)F)C#CC1CC1 XPOQHMRABVBWPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- XQSPYNMVSIKCOC-NTSWFWBYSA-N Emtricitabine Chemical compound C1=C(F)C(N)=NC(=O)N1[C@H]1O[C@@H](CO)SC1 XQSPYNMVSIKCOC-NTSWFWBYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-TZNDIEGXSA-N Idarubicin Chemical compound C1[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1C2=C(O)C(C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C3=O)=C3C(O)=C2C[C@@](O)(C(C)=O)C1 XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-TZNDIEGXSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Idarubicin Natural products C1C(N)C(O)C(C)OC1OC1C2=C(O)C(C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C3=O)=C3C(O)=C2CC(O)(C(C)=O)C1 XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- KJHKTHWMRKYKJE-SUGCFTRWSA-N Kaletra Chemical compound N1([C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C[C@H](O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)NC(=O)COC=2C(=CC=CC=2C)C)CC=2C=CC=CC=2)CCCNC1=O KJHKTHWMRKYKJE-SUGCFTRWSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- GQYIWUVLTXOXAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lomustine Chemical compound ClCCN(N=O)C(=O)NC1CCCCC1 GQYIWUVLTXOXAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229930192392 Mitomycin Natural products 0.000 claims description 2
- NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N Mytomycin Chemical compound C1N2C(C(C(C)=C(N)C3=O)=O)=C3[C@@H](COC(N)=O)[C@@]2(OC)[C@@H]2[C@H]1N2 NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ritonavir Natural products C=1C=CC=CC=1CC(NC(=O)OCC=1SC=NC=1)C(O)CC(CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)N(C)CC1=CSC(C(C)C)=N1 NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- XNKLLVCARDGLGL-JGVFFNPUSA-N Stavudine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@H]1C=C[C@@H](CO)O1 XNKLLVCARDGLGL-JGVFFNPUSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- FOCVUCIESVLUNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiotepa Chemical compound C1CN1P(N1CC1)(=S)N1CC1 FOCVUCIESVLUNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- MCGSCOLBFJQGHM-SCZZXKLOSA-N abacavir Chemical compound C=12N=CN([C@H]3C=C[C@@H](CO)C3)C2=NC(N)=NC=1NC1CC1 MCGSCOLBFJQGHM-SCZZXKLOSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960004748 abacavir Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N actinomycin D Chemical compound C[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)[C@@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)N[C@@H]4C(=O)N[C@@H](C(N5CCC[C@H]5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)O[C@@H]4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- YBBLVLTVTVSKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N anastrozole Chemical compound N#CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(C)(C#N)C)=CC(CN2N=CN=C2)=C1 YBBLVLTVTVSKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960002932 anastrozole Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003277 atazanavir Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- AXRYRYVKAWYZBR-GASGPIRDSA-N atazanavir Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC)C(C)(C)C)[C@@H](O)CN(CC=1C=CC(=CC=1)C=1N=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC)C(C)(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 AXRYRYVKAWYZBR-GASGPIRDSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960002756 azacitidine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- QQOBRRFOVWGIMD-OJAKKHQRSA-N azaribine Chemical compound CC(=O)O[C@@H]1[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](COC(=O)C)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=N1 QQOBRRFOVWGIMD-OJAKKHQRSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229950010054 azaribine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001561 bleomycin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O bleomycin A2 Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](O)C)C(=O)NCCC=1SC=C(N=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(=O)NCCC[S+](C)C)[C@@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](OC(N)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)C=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)C1=NC([C@H](CC(N)=O)NC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=NC(N)=C1C OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001467 bortezomib Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960005539 bryostatin 1 Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- MJQUEDHRCUIRLF-TVIXENOKSA-N bryostatin 1 Chemical compound C([C@@H]1CC(/[C@@H]([C@@](C(C)(C)/C=C/2)(O)O1)OC(=O)/C=C/C=C/CCC)=C\C(=O)OC)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@@H](O1)C[C@H](OC(C)=O)C(C)(C)[C@]1(O)C[C@@H]1C\C(=C\C(=O)OC)C[C@H]\2O1 MJQUEDHRCUIRLF-TVIXENOKSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960002092 busulfan Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-FQEVSTJZSA-N camptothecin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)[C@]5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 VSJKWCGYPAHWDS-FQEVSTJZSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940127093 camptothecin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960004562 carboplatin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960005243 carmustine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- RZEKVGVHFLEQIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N celecoxib Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C1=CC(C(F)(F)F)=NN1C1=CC=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C=C1 RZEKVGVHFLEQIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960004630 chlorambucil Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- JCKYGMPEJWAADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorambucil Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCC1=CC=C(N(CCCl)CCCl)C=C1 JCKYGMPEJWAADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960002436 cladribine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960004397 cyclophosphamide Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960000684 cytarabine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003901 dacarbazine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960000640 dactinomycin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960000975 daunorubicin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N daunorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(C)=O)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N deoliosyl-3C-alpha-L-digitoxosyl-MTM Natural products CC=1C(O)=C2C(O)=C3C(=O)C(OC4OC(C)C(O)C(OC5OC(C)C(O)C(OC6OC(C)C(O)C(C)(O)C6)C5)C4)C(C(OC)C(=O)C(O)C(C)O)CC3=CC2=CC=1OC(OC(C)C1O)CC1OC1CC(O)C(O)C(C)O1 CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960002656 didanosine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- XPOQHMRABVBWPR-ZDUSSCGKSA-N efavirenz Chemical compound C([C@]1(C2=CC(Cl)=CC=C2NC(=O)O1)C(F)(F)F)#CC1CC1 XPOQHMRABVBWPR-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003804 efavirenz Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960000366 emtricitabine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001842 estramustine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- FRPJXPJMRWBBIH-RBRWEJTLSA-N estramustine Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)C(=O)OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 FRPJXPJMRWBBIH-RBRWEJTLSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960005420 etoposide Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N etoposide Chemical compound COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@H](C)OC[C@H]4O3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960000752 etoposide phosphate Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- LIQODXNTTZAGID-OCBXBXKTSA-N etoposide phosphate Chemical compound COC1=C(OP(O)(O)=O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@H](C)OC[C@H]4O3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 LIQODXNTTZAGID-OCBXBXKTSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960000961 floxuridine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960000390 fludarabine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- GIUYCYHIANZCFB-FJFJXFQQSA-N fludarabine phosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC(F)=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GIUYCYHIANZCFB-FJFJXFQQSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960002074 flutamide Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- MKXKFYHWDHIYRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N flutamide Chemical compound CC(C)C(=O)NC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C(C(F)(F)F)=C1 MKXKFYHWDHIYRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000008191 folinic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000011672 folinic acid Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- VVIAGPKUTFNRDU-ABLWVSNPSA-N folinic acid Chemical compound C1NC=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N(C=O)C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 VVIAGPKUTFNRDU-ABLWVSNPSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003142 fosamprenavir Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- MLBVMOWEQCZNCC-OEMFJLHTSA-N fosamprenavir Chemical compound C([C@@H]([C@H](OP(O)(O)=O)CN(CC(C)C)S(=O)(=O)C=1C=CC(N)=CC=1)NC(=O)O[C@@H]1COCC1)C1=CC=CC=C1 MLBVMOWEQCZNCC-OEMFJLHTSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960005277 gemcitabine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- SDUQYLNIPVEERB-QPPQHZFASA-N gemcitabine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1C(F)(F)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 SDUQYLNIPVEERB-QPPQHZFASA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229930182480 glucuronide Natural products 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960000908 idarubicin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001101 ifosfamide Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- HOMGKSMUEGBAAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N ifosfamide Chemical compound ClCCNP1(=O)OCCCN1CCCl HOMGKSMUEGBAAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001936 indinavir Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- CBVCZFGXHXORBI-PXQQMZJSSA-N indinavir Chemical compound C([C@H](N(CC1)C[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@H]2C3=CC=CC=C3C[C@H]2O)C(=O)NC(C)(C)C)N1CC1=CC=CN=C1 CBVCZFGXHXORBI-PXQQMZJSSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960004768 irinotecan Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- UWKQSNNFCGGAFS-XIFFEERXSA-N irinotecan Chemical compound C1=C2C(CC)=C3CN(C(C4=C([C@@](C(=O)OC4)(O)CC)C=4)=O)C=4C3=NC2=CC=C1OC(=O)N(CC1)CCC1N1CCCCC1 UWKQSNNFCGGAFS-XIFFEERXSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001627 lamivudine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- JTEGQNOMFQHVDC-NKWVEPMBSA-N lamivudine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1O[C@@H](CO)SC1 JTEGQNOMFQHVDC-NKWVEPMBSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001691 leucovorin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960002247 lomustine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960004525 lopinavir Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- HAWPXGHAZFHHAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N mechlorethamine Chemical compound ClCCN(C)CCCl HAWPXGHAZFHHAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960004961 mechlorethamine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- SGDBTWWWUNNDEQ-LBPRGKRZSA-N melphalan Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(N(CCCl)CCCl)C=C1 SGDBTWWWUNNDEQ-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001924 melphalan Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-BKHRDMLASA-N mithramycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1C[C@@H](O[C@H](C)[C@H]1O)OC=1C=C2C=C3C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)C3=C(O)C2=C(O)C=1C)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2O[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]3O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@](C)(O)C3)C2)C1)[C@H](OC)C(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@H]1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O1 CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-BKHRDMLASA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960004857 mitomycin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960000350 mitotane Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- KKZJGLLVHKMTCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N mitoxantrone Chemical compound O=C1C2=C(O)C=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C2=C1C(NCCNCCO)=CC=C2NCCNCCO KKZJGLLVHKMTCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001156 mitoxantrone Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- QAGYKUNXZHXKMR-HKWSIXNMSA-N nelfinavir Chemical compound CC1=C(O)C=CC=C1C(=O)N[C@H]([C@H](O)CN1[C@@H](C[C@@H]2CCCC[C@@H]2C1)C(=O)NC(C)(C)C)CSC1=CC=CC=C1 QAGYKUNXZHXKMR-HKWSIXNMSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960000884 nelfinavir Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960002340 pentostatin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- FPVKHBSQESCIEP-JQCXWYLXSA-N pentostatin Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(N=CNC[C@H]2O)=C2N=C1 FPVKHBSQESCIEP-JQCXWYLXSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229950009215 phenylbutanoic acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003171 plicamycin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229950008499 plitidepsin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- UUSZLLQJYRSZIS-LXNNNBEUSA-N plitidepsin Chemical compound CN([C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](CC(=O)O[C@H](C(=O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N2CCC[C@H]2C(=O)N(C)[C@@H](CC=2C=CC(OC)=CC=2)C(=O)O[C@@H]1C)C(C)C)O)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)C(C)=O UUSZLLQJYRSZIS-LXNNNBEUSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010049948 plitidepsin Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- CPTBDICYNRMXFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N procarbazine Chemical compound CNNCC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC(C)C)C=C1 CPTBDICYNRMXFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960000624 procarbazine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960000311 ritonavir Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-XGKFQTDJSA-N ritonavir Chemical compound N([C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C[C@H](O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)OCC=1SC=NC=1)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N(C)CC1=CSC(C(C)C)=N1 NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-XGKFQTDJSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001852 saquinavir Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- QWAXKHKRTORLEM-UGJKXSETSA-N saquinavir Chemical compound C([C@@H]([C@H](O)CN1C[C@H]2CCCC[C@H]2C[C@H]1C(=O)NC(C)(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C=1N=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 QWAXKHKRTORLEM-UGJKXSETSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003440 semustine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001203 stavudine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001052 streptozocin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- ZSJLQEPLLKMAKR-GKHCUFPYSA-N streptozocin Chemical compound O=NN(C)C(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O ZSJLQEPLLKMAKR-GKHCUFPYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- NRUKOCRGYNPUPR-QBPJDGROSA-N teniposide Chemical compound COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@@H](OC[C@H]4O3)C=3SC=CC=3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 NRUKOCRGYNPUPR-QBPJDGROSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001278 teniposide Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960004556 tenofovir Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- VCMJCVGFSROFHV-WZGZYPNHSA-N tenofovir disoproxil fumarate Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O.N1=CN=C2N(C[C@@H](C)OCP(=O)(OCOC(=O)OC(C)C)OCOC(=O)OC(C)C)C=NC2=C1N VCMJCVGFSROFHV-WZGZYPNHSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001196 thiotepa Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003087 tioguanine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960000303 topotecan Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- UCFGDBYHRUNTLO-QHCPKHFHSA-N topotecan Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(CN(C)C)=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)[C@]5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 UCFGDBYHRUNTLO-QHCPKHFHSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001055 uracil mustard Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940099039 velcade Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960004528 vincristine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincristine Chemical compound C([N@]1C[C@@H](C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C([C@]56[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]7(CC)C=CCN([C@H]67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)C[C@@](C1)(O)CC)CC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N vincristine Natural products C1C(CC)(O)CC(CC2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C(C56C(C(C(OC(C)=O)C7(CC)C=CCN(C67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)CN1CCC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- GBABOYUKABKIAF-GHYRFKGUSA-N vinorelbine Chemical compound C1N(CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=22)CC(CC)=C[C@H]1C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C1=CC([C@]23[C@H]([C@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]4(CC)C=CCN([C@H]34)CC2)(O)C(=O)OC)N2C)=C2C=C1OC GBABOYUKABKIAF-GHYRFKGUSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960002066 vinorelbine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 claims 3
- NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N Tamoxifen Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(/CC)=C(C=1C=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=1)/C1=CC=CC=C1 NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- UEJJHQNACJXSKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-1H-isoindole-1,3(2H)-dione Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)N1C1CCC(=O)NC1=O UEJJHQNACJXSKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N N-debenzoyl-N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-10-deacetyltaxol Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H]2[C@@](C([C@H](O)C3=C(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=4C=CC=CC=4)C[C@]1(O)C3(C)C)=O)(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1OC[C@]12OC(=O)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 190000008236 carboplatin Chemical compound 0.000 claims 1
- 229940047495 celebrex Drugs 0.000 claims 1
- DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L cisplatin Chemical compound N[Pt](N)(Cl)Cl DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims 1
- 229960004316 cisplatin Drugs 0.000 claims 1
- 229960003668 docetaxel Drugs 0.000 claims 1
- 229960001603 tamoxifen Drugs 0.000 claims 1
- 229960003433 thalidomide Drugs 0.000 claims 1
- MNRILEROXIRVNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tioguanine Chemical compound N1C(N)=NC(=S)C2=NC=N[C]21 MNRILEROXIRVNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 abstract description 66
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 abstract description 50
- 230000036436 anti-hiv Effects 0.000 abstract description 44
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 abstract description 39
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 abstract description 39
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 abstract description 39
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 abstract description 39
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 abstract description 33
- 239000000032 diagnostic agent Substances 0.000 abstract description 24
- 229940039227 diagnostic agent Drugs 0.000 abstract description 24
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 abstract description 15
- 231100000599 cytotoxic agent Toxicity 0.000 abstract description 9
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 abstract description 9
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 abstract description 9
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 90
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 58
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 48
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 41
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 39
- 241000713772 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 Species 0.000 description 32
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 24
- 108091023037 Aptamer Proteins 0.000 description 23
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 22
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 22
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 20
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 20
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 19
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 19
- 101710205625 Capsid protein p24 Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 101710177166 Phosphoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 101710149279 Small delta antigen Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 102100022563 Tubulin polymerization-promoting protein Human genes 0.000 description 16
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 15
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 15
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 14
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 14
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 14
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 13
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 229940127121 immunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 description 13
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 241000714177 Murine leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 12
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 12
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 11
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 11
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 11
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000002595 magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 10
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 9
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 229940121354 immunomodulator Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 9
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 8
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 8
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 229960001484 edetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 239000002955 immunomodulating agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-OIOBTWANSA-N Gallium-67 Chemical compound [67Ga] GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-OIOBTWANSA-N 0.000 description 7
- GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-YPZZEJLDSA-N Gallium-68 Chemical compound [68Ga] GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-YPZZEJLDSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 7
- QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis{2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl}glycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 7
- APFVFJFRJDLVQX-AHCXROLUSA-N indium-111 Chemical compound [111In] APFVFJFRJDLVQX-AHCXROLUSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 229960003330 pentetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 7
- YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epihygromycin Natural products OC1C(O)C(C(=O)C)OC1OC(C(=C1)O)=CC=C1C=C(C)C(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C2OCOC2C1O YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229910052688 Gadolinium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 6
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 238000012452 Xenomouse strains Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000010056 antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000002872 contrast media Substances 0.000 description 6
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N dithiothreitol Chemical compound SC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N gadolinium atom Chemical compound [Gd] UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000012216 imaging agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000005298 paramagnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 108010012236 Chemokines Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108090000394 Erythropoietin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000003951 Erythropoietin Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 101000935587 Homo sapiens Flavin reductase (NADPH) Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102100034349 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 5
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940105423 erythropoietin Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229950003734 milatuzumab Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 5
- OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium;[2-butyl-5-chloro-3-[[4-[2-(1,2,4-triaza-3-azanidacyclopenta-1,4-dien-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]imidazol-4-yl]methanol Chemical compound [K+].CCCCC1=NC(Cl)=C(CO)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=N[N-]N=N2)C=C1 OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 5
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 102000019034 Chemokines Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 102000007644 Colony-Stimulating Factors Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010071942 Colony-Stimulating Factors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 4
- 101710091045 Envelope protein Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 4
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 4
- 101710188315 Protein X Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000000852 Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 4
- VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-OUBTZVSYSA-N Yttrium-90 Chemical compound [90Y] VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108091008324 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 210000004970 cd4 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940047120 colony stimulating factors Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002059 diagnostic imaging Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 4
- FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypoxanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Substances C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000002584 immunomodulator Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940042402 non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000002726 nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-IGMARMGPSA-N rhenium-186 Chemical compound [186Re] WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-IGMARMGPSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000006152 selective media Substances 0.000 description 4
- TYFQFVWCELRYAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N suberic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCC(O)=O TYFQFVWCELRYAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 4
- AGNGYMCLFWQVGX-AGFFZDDWSA-N (e)-1-[(2s)-2-amino-2-carboxyethoxy]-2-diazonioethenolate Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CO\C([O-])=C\[N+]#N AGNGYMCLFWQVGX-AGFFZDDWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 4-aminofolic acid Chemical compound C1=NC2=NC(N)=NC(N)=C2N=C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 3
- 229910052692 Dysprosium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 102000012673 Follicle Stimulating Hormone Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010079345 Follicle Stimulating Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 3
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000018071 Immunoglobulin Fc Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010091135 Immunoglobulin Fc Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 206010069803 Injury associated with device Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000003814 Interleukin-10 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000174 Interleukin-10 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000013462 Interleukin-12 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010065805 Interleukin-12 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000003810 Interleukin-18 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000171 Interleukin-18 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004889 Interleukin-6 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102000015696 Interleukins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010063738 Interleukins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 3
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108700033844 Pseudomonas aeruginosa toxA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229910052771 Terbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 102000036693 Thrombopoietin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010041111 Thrombopoietin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-OIOBTWANSA-N Yttrium-86 Chemical compound [86Y] VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-OIOBTWANSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229960003896 aminopterin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000001093 anti-cancer Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229950011321 azaserine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 3
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 3
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-YPZZEJLDSA-N copper-62 Chemical compound [62Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-YPZZEJLDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 3
- KBQHZAAAGSGFKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dysprosium atom Chemical compound [Dy] KBQHZAAAGSGFKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940028334 follicle stimulating hormone Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940047124 interferons Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940047122 interleukins Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);methyl n-[[2-(methoxycarbonylcarbamothioylamino)phenyl]carbamothioyl]carbamate;n-[2-(sulfidocarbothioylamino)ethyl]carbamodithioate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[S-]C(=S)NCCNC([S-])=S.COC(=O)NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=S)NC(=O)OC WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N neodymium atom Chemical compound [Nd] QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000003819 peripheral blood mononuclear cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 150000004032 porphyrins Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000001103 potassium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000011164 potassium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium iodide Chemical compound [K+].[I-] NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002534 radiation-sensitizing agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-AKLPVKDBSA-N silver-111 Chemical compound [111Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-AKLPVKDBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000004988 splenocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- GZCRRIHWUXGPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N terbium atom Chemical compound [Tb] GZCRRIHWUXGPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ABZLKHKQJHEPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylrhodamine Chemical compound C=12C=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[O+]C2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O ABZLKHKQJHEPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 3
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 238000011830 transgenic mouse model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012285 ultrasound imaging Methods 0.000 description 3
- MZOFCQQQCNRIBI-VMXHOPILSA-N (3s)-4-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-1-[[(1s)-1-carboxy-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-3-[[2-[[(2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN MZOFCQQQCNRIBI-VMXHOPILSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAKHMKGGTNLKSZ-INIZCTEOSA-N (S)-colchicine Chemical compound C1([C@@H](NC(C)=O)CC2)=CC(=O)C(OC)=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(OC)C(OC)=C1OC IAKHMKGGTNLKSZ-INIZCTEOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 2
- GEYOCULIXLDCMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-phenylenediamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1N GEYOCULIXLDCMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VGIRNWJSIRVFRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2',7'-difluorofluorescein Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(F)C(=O)C=C2OC2=CC(O)=C(F)C=C21 VGIRNWJSIRVFRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JHALWMSZGCVVEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4,7-bis(carboxymethyl)-1,4,7-triazonan-1-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN1CCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC1 JHALWMSZGCVVEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ALYNCZNDIQEVRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminobenzoic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 ALYNCZNDIQEVRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000014022 A Kinase Anchor Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010011122 A Kinase Anchor Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010066676 Abrin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 2
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cu2+ Chemical compound [Cu+2] JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010008532 Deoxyribonuclease I Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100030012 Deoxyribonuclease-1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052691 Erbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fe2+ Chemical compound [Fe+2] CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700004714 Gelonium multiflorum GEL Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010086512 Hepatocyte Nuclear Factor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000006754 Hepatocyte Nuclear Factor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010000521 Human Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000002265 Human Growth Hormone Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000000854 Human Growth Hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010091358 Hypoxanthine Phosphoribosyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000018251 Hypoxanthine Phosphoribosyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hypoxanthine nucleoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010074328 Interferon-gamma Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000008070 Interferon-gamma Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010002386 Interleukin-3 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000000646 Interleukin-3 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-AHCXROLUSA-N Iodine-123 Chemical compound [123I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-AHCXROLUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012313 Kruskal-Wallis test Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102000009151 Luteinizing Hormone Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010073521 Luteinizing Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WAEMQWOKJMHJLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Manganese(2+) Chemical compound [Mn+2] WAEMQWOKJMHJLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VEQPNABPJHWNSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel(2+) Chemical compound [Ni+2] VEQPNABPJHWNSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010053210 Phycocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010007568 Protamines Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000007327 Protamines Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000589516 Pseudomonas Species 0.000 description 2
- 101000762949 Pseudomonas aeruginosa (strain ATCC 15692 / DSM 22644 / CIP 104116 / JCM 14847 / LMG 12228 / 1C / PRS 101 / PAO1) Exotoxin A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100029333 Pterin-4-alpha-carbinolamine dehydratase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010039491 Ricin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920005654 Sephadex Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000012507 Sephadex™ Substances 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020004459 Small interfering RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Terephthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WDLRUFUQRNWCPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetraxetan Chemical compound OC(=O)CN1CCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC1 WDLRUFUQRNWCPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000011923 Thyrotropin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010061174 Thyrotropin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010009583 Transforming Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000009618 Transforming Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229910052769 Ytterbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 2
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-BJUDXGSMSA-N ac1l2y5h Chemical compound [18FH] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-BJUDXGSMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000004873 anchoring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940045799 anthracyclines and related substance Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000000628 antibody-producing cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229940041181 antineoplastic drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000074 antisense oligonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012230 antisense oligonucleotides Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001106 artificial yeast chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000004697 chelate complex Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000010382 chemical cross-linking Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002975 chemoattractant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 2
- BFGKITSFLPAWGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium(3+) Chemical compound [Cr+3] BFGKITSFLPAWGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt(2+) Chemical compound [Co+2] XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002591 computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000853 cresyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=C(C=C1)C)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006471 dimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 2
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002961 echo contrast media Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- UYAHIZSMUZPPFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N erbium Chemical compound [Er] UYAHIZSMUZPPFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000833 heterodimer Substances 0.000 description 2
- SCKNFLZJSOHWIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N holmium(3+) Chemical compound [Ho+3] SCKNFLZJSOHWIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010074108 interleukin-21 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-OIOBTWANSA-N iodane Chemical compound [124IH] XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-OIOBTWANSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QQVIHTHCMHWDBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isophthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C(O)=O)=C1 QQVIHTHCMHWDBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002147 killing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229940040129 luteinizing hormone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000005439 maleimidyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC(N1*)=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- MBAXWTVHCRPVFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-[(3-imino-3-methoxypropyl)disulfanyl]propanimidate Chemical compound COC(=N)CCSSCCC(=N)OC MBAXWTVHCRPVFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003032 molecular docking Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002772 monosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011275 oncology therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000007500 overflow downdraw method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- NMHMNPHRMNGLLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N phloretic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 NMHMNPHRMNGLLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000906 photoactive agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002428 photodynamic therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001126 phototherapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108700028325 pokeweed antiviral Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002600 positron emission tomography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 229940048914 protamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010061338 ranpirnase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052702 rhenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhenium atom Chemical compound [Re] WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- DOSGOCSVHPUUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N samarium(3+) Chemical compound [Sm+3] DOSGOCSVHPUUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N sebacic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004055 small Interfering RNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007974 sodium acetate buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium iodide Inorganic materials [Na+].[I-] FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 210000001082 somatic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 231100000027 toxicology Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 238000002604 ultrasonography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- LEONUFNNVUYDNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanadium atom Chemical compound [V] LEONUFNNVUYDNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001018 virulence Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001790 virustatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- NAWDYIZEMPQZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ytterbium Chemical compound [Yb] NAWDYIZEMPQZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-(pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl)propanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCSSC1=CC=CC=N1 JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-HVTJNCQCSA-N 10043-66-0 Chemical compound [131I][131I] PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-HVTJNCQCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VILCJCGEZXAXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,2-tetramine Chemical compound NCCNCCNCCN VILCJCGEZXAXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QZWBOYMQPQVGPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(1h-indol-2-yl)guanidine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(NC(=N)N)=CC2=C1 QZWBOYMQPQVGPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DRQYHAHXOOJFLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-azido-3-nitrophenyl)-n-bromoethanamine Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC(CCNBr)=CC=C1N=[N+]=[N-] DRQYHAHXOOJFLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FSPQCTGGIANIJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-oxomethyl]amino]-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1-benzothiophene-3-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=C1C(=O)NC1=C(C(N)=O)C(CCCC2)=C2S1 FSPQCTGGIANIJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOJUJUVQIVIZAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-4,6-dichloropyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde Chemical group NC1=NC(Cl)=C(C=O)C(Cl)=N1 GOJUJUVQIVIZAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JDXQWYKOKYUQDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione Chemical class OC1CC(=O)NC1=O JDXQWYKOKYUQDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VGHPYIHJEJAJJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione;pyrrole-2,5-dione Chemical class O=C1NC(=O)C=C1.OC1CC(=O)NC1=O VGHPYIHJEJAJJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HUDPLKWXRLNSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminophthalhydrazide Chemical compound O=C1NNC(=O)C=2C1=CC(N)=CC=2 HUDPLKWXRLNSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NJYVEMPWNAYQQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-carboxyfluorescein Chemical compound C12=CC=C(O)C=C2OC2=CC(O)=CC=C2C21OC(=O)C1=CC(C(=O)O)=CC=C21 NJYVEMPWNAYQQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IDLISIVVYLGCKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-carboxy-4',5'-dichloro-2',7'-dimethoxyfluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C2C21C1=CC(OC)=C(O)C(Cl)=C1OC1=C2C=C(OC)C(O)=C1Cl IDLISIVVYLGCKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BZTDTCNHAFUJOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-carboxyfluorescein Chemical compound C12=CC=C(O)C=C2OC2=CC(O)=CC=C2C11OC(=O)C2=CC=C(C(=O)O)C=C21 BZTDTCNHAFUJOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJGFWWJLMVZSIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-aminoacridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N)=C(C=CC=C3)C3=NC2=C1 XJGFWWJLMVZSIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRFVTYWOQMYALW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-xanthine Chemical class O=C1NC(=O)NC2=C1NC=N2 LRFVTYWOQMYALW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010059616 Activins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005606 Activins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010000239 Aequorin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100027211 Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102400000068 Angiostatin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010079709 Angiostatins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010005853 Anti-Mullerian Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020000948 Antisense Oligonucleotides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000003291 Armoracia rusticana Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000011330 Armoracia rusticana Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010003445 Ascites Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011725 BALB/c mouse Methods 0.000 description 1
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100035875 C-C chemokine receptor type 5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710149870 C-C chemokine receptor type 5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100021943 C-C motif chemokine 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100032367 C-C motif chemokine 5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100031650 C-X-C chemokine receptor type 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100032528 C-type lectin domain family 11 member A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710167766 C-type lectin domain family 11 member A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010048610 Cardiotoxicity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010076119 Caseins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010055166 Chemokine CCL5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100021809 Chorionic somatomammotropin hormone 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N D-Luciferin Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H]1CSC(C=2SC3=CC=C(O)C=C3N=2)=N1 IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008574 D-amino acids Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- XUIIKFGFIJCVMT-GFCCVEGCSA-N D-thyroxine Chemical compound IC1=CC(C[C@@H](N)C(O)=O)=CC(I)=C1OC1=CC(I)=C(O)C(I)=C1 XUIIKFGFIJCVMT-GFCCVEGCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- XPDXVDYUQZHFPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dansyl Chloride Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N(C)C)=CC=CC2=C1S(Cl)(=O)=O XPDXVDYUQZHFPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dehydro-luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1=CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010053187 Diphtheria Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016607 Diphtheria Toxin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010042407 Endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004533 Endonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102400001047 Endostatin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010079505 Endostatins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910052693 Europium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000975394 Evechinus chloroticus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000018233 Fibroblast Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050007372 Fibroblast Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fivefly Luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gallium Chemical compound [Ga] GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000006395 Globulins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010044091 Globulins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010015776 Glucose oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004366 Glucose oxidase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006771 Gonadotropins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010086677 Gonadotropins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012981 Hank's balanced salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052689 Holmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 101000897480 Homo sapiens C-C motif chemokine 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000922348 Homo sapiens C-X-C chemokine receptor type 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001125901 Homo sapiens Pterin-4-alpha-carbinolamine dehydratase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100026120 IgG receptor FcRn large subunit p51 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108700005091 Immunoglobulin Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000723 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090001117 Insulin-Like Growth Factor II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100037852 Insulin-like growth factor I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100025947 Insulin-like growth factor II Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000006992 Interferon-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010047761 Interferon-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003996 Interferon-beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000467 Interferon-beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000177 Interleukin-11 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003815 Interleukin-11 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000176 Interleukin-13 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003812 Interleukin-15 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000013691 Interleukin-17 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050003558 Interleukin-17 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100030703 Interleukin-22 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004388 Interleukin-4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000978 Interleukin-4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100039897 Interleukin-5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002616 Interleukin-5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100021592 Interleukin-7 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002586 Interleukin-7 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004890 Interleukin-8 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001007 Interleukin-8 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010002335 Interleukin-9 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000585 Interleukin-9 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100020880 Kit ligand Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 150000008575 L-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108010060630 Lactoglobulins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100038609 Lactoperoxidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010023244 Lactoperoxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016267 Leptin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010092277 Leptin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 1
- DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Luciferin Natural products CCc1c(C)c(CC2NC(=O)C(=C2C=C)C)[nH]c1Cc3[nH]c4C(=C5/NC(CC(=O)O)C(C)C5CC(=O)O)CC(=O)c4c3C DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000008072 Lymphokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010074338 Lymphokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004083 Lymphotoxin-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000542 Lymphotoxin-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012307 MRI technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000013967 Monokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010050619 Monokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000034578 Multiple myelomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000711408 Murine respirovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- BHUZLJOUHMBZQY-YXQOSMAKSA-N N-[4-[(2R,4R,6S)-4-[[(4,5-diphenyl-2-oxazolyl)thio]methyl]-6-[4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]-1,3-dioxan-2-yl]phenyl]-N'-hydroxyoctanediamide Chemical compound C1=CC(CO)=CC=C1[C@H]1O[C@@H](C=2C=CC(NC(=O)CCCCCCC(=O)NO)=CC=2)O[C@@H](CSC=2OC(=C(N=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)C1 BHUZLJOUHMBZQY-YXQOSMAKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091007491 NSP3 Papain-like protease domains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052779 Neodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108010025020 Nerve Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007072 Nerve Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- KYRVNWMVYQXFEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nocodazole Chemical compound C1=C2NC(NC(=O)OC)=NC2=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CS1 KYRVNWMVYQXFEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000015914 Non-Hodgkin lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AWZJFZMWSUBJAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N OG-514 dye Chemical compound OC(=O)CSC1=C(F)C(F)=C(C(O)=O)C(C2=C3C=C(F)C(=O)C=C3OC3=CC(O)=C(F)C=C32)=C1F AWZJFZMWSUBJAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282520 Papio Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000003982 Parathyroid hormone Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000445 Parathyroid hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015731 Peptide Hormones Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038988 Peptide Hormones Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorous acid Chemical group OP(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010004729 Phycoerythrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010003044 Placental Lactogen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000381 Placental Lactogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001054 Poly(ethylene‐co‐vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010039918 Polylysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010076181 Proinsulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003946 Prolactin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010057464 Prolactin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001112090 Pseudovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710184733 Pterin-4-alpha-carbinolamine dehydratase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002123 RNA extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100020718 Receptor-type tyrosine-protein kinase FLT3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710151245 Receptor-type tyrosine-protein kinase FLT3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000103 Relaxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003743 Relaxin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Selenium Chemical compound [Se] BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000005708 Sodium hypochlorite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010039445 Stem Cell Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000692 Student's t-test Methods 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005864 Sulphur Substances 0.000 description 1
- GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-OUBTZVSYSA-N Technetium-99 Chemical compound [99Tc] GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZRWCGZRTZMZEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiamine Natural products CC1=C(CCO)SC=[N+]1CC1=CN=C(C)N=C1N JZRWCGZRTZMZEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108060008245 Thrombospondin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002938 Thrombospondin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- GYDJEQRTZSCIOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tranexamic acid Chemical compound NCC1CCC(C(O)=O)CC1 GYDJEQRTZSCIOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004887 Transforming Growth Factor beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001012 Transforming Growth Factor beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102400001320 Transforming growth factor alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800004564 Transforming growth factor alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700019146 Transgenes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101800001690 Transmembrane protein gp41 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010046334 Urease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150117115 V gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010073929 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100039037 Vascular endothelial growth factor A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940122803 Vinca alkaloid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 244000154870 Viola adunca Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005811 Viola adunca Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013487 Viola odorata Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002254 Viola papilionacea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005862 Whey Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000007544 Whey Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010046377 Whey Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010027570 Xanthine phosphoribosyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical class C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000488 activin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940045714 alkyl sulfonate alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000008052 alkyl sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940100198 alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960001441 aminoacridine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001772 anti-angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002022 anti-cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000340 anti-metabolite Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002927 anti-mitotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000868 anti-mullerian hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000025171 antigen binding proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091000831 antigen binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940100197 antimetabolite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002256 antimetabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940045687 antimetabolites folic acid analogs Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003080 antimitotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940045719 antineoplastic alkylating agent nitrosoureas Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008135 aqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FZCSTZYAHCUGEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N aspergillomarasmine B Natural products OC(=O)CNC(C(O)=O)CNC(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O FZCSTZYAHCUGEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYXHOMYVWAEKHL-OUBTZVSYSA-N astatine-211 Chemical compound [211At] RYXHOMYVWAEKHL-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N azanide;cyclobutane-1,1-dicarboxylic acid;platinum(2+) Chemical compound [NH2-].[NH2-].[Pt+2].OC(=O)C1(C(O)=O)CCC1 VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010027090 biotin-streptavidin complex Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NXVYSVARUKNFNF-NXEZZACHSA-N bis(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) (2r,3r)-2,3-dihydroxybutanedioate Chemical compound O=C([C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(=O)ON1C(CCC1=O)=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NXVYSVARUKNFNF-NXEZZACHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052797 bismuth Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N bismuth atom Chemical compound [Bi] JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001045 blue dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001639 boron compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108010006025 bovine growth hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010804 cDNA synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 231100000259 cardiotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000007681 cardiovascular toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000590 celecoxib Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006143 cell culture medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007910 cell fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940044683 chemotherapy drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003593 chromogenic compound Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001338 colchicine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000536 complexating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005094 computer simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012679 convergent method Methods 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-IGMARMGPSA-N copper-64 Chemical compound [64Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-IGMARMGPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-AKLPVKDBSA-N copper-67 Chemical compound [67Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-AKLPVKDBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940111134 coxibs Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003983 crown ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003255 cyclooxygenase 2 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002784 cytotoxicity assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000263 cytotoxicity test Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000002619 cytotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxy(oxo)silane Chemical compound O[Si](O)=O IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005442 diisocyanate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940042396 direct acting antivirals thiosemicarbazones Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BFMYDTVEBKDAKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;(2',7'-dibromo-3',6'-dioxido-3-oxospiro[2-benzofuran-1,9'-xanthene]-4'-yl)mercury;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Na+].O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC(Br)=C([O-])C([Hg])=C1OC1=C2C=C(Br)C([O-])=C1 BFMYDTVEBKDAKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003110 dot immunobinding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940000406 drug candidate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013601 eggs Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001671 embryonic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007515 enzymatic degradation Effects 0.000 description 1
- IINNWAYUJNWZRM-UHFFFAOYSA-L erythrosin B Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(I)C(=O)C(I)=C2OC2=C(I)C([O-])=C(I)C=C21 IINNWAYUJNWZRM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940011411 erythrosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004174 erythrosine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012732 erythrosine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VYXSBFYARXAAKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-[3-(ethylamino)-6-ethylimino-2,7-dimethylxanthen-9-yl]benzoate;hydron;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=2C=C(C)C(NCC)=CC=2OC2=CC(=[NH+]CC)C(C)=CC2=C1C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCC VYXSBFYARXAAKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N europium atom Chemical compound [Eu] OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GWQVMPWSEVRGPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N europium cryptate Chemical compound [Eu+3].N=1C2=CC=CC=1CN(CC=1N=C(C=CC=1)C=1N=C(C3)C=CC=1)CC(N=1)=CC(C(=O)NCCN)=CC=1C(N=1)=CC(C(=O)NCCN)=CC=1CN3CC1=CC=CC2=N1 GWQVMPWSEVRGPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-IGMARMGPSA-N europium-152 Chemical compound [152Eu] OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-IGMARMGPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003777 experimental drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940126864 fibroblast growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091006047 fluorescent proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000034287 fluorescent proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- NBVXSUQYWXRMNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoromethane Chemical compound FC NBVXSUQYWXRMNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLRFCQOZQXIBAB-RBZZARIASA-N fluoxymesterone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@](C)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O YLRFCQOZQXIBAB-RBZZARIASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001751 fluoxymesterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002224 folic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012737 fresh medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052733 gallium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940116332 glucose oxidase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019420 glucose oxidase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CBMIPXHVOVTTTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold(3+) Chemical compound [Au+3] CBMIPXHVOVTTTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002622 gonadotropin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000122 growth hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003394 haemopoietic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002440 hepatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000334 hepatotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003082 hepatotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940121372 histone deacetylase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003276 histone deacetylase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004030 hiv protease inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- KJZYNXUDTRRSPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N holmium atom Chemical compound [Ho] KJZYNXUDTRRSPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012642 immune effector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003364 immunohistochemistry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009169 immunotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002596 immunotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002637 immunotoxin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940051026 immunotoxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000608 immunotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012678 infectious agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000893 inhibin Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZPNFWUPYTFPOJU-LPYSRVMUSA-N iniprol Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H]2CSSC[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=4C=CC(O)=CC=4)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=4C=CC=CC=4)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=4C=CC(O)=CC=4)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=4C=CC=CC=4)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC2=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]2N(CCC2)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N3)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N1)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZPNFWUPYTFPOJU-LPYSRVMUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000006495 integrins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010044426 integrins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960003130 interferon gamma Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-YPZZEJLDSA-N iodane Chemical compound [125IH] XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-YPZZEJLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-RNFDNDRNSA-M iodine-131(1-) Chemical compound [131I-] XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-RNFDNDRNSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002540 isothiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940057428 lactoperoxidase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052746 lanthanum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FZLIPJUXYLNCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N lanthanum atom Chemical compound [La] FZLIPJUXYLNCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZMAIROVPAYCMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N lanthanum(3+) Chemical compound [La+3] CZMAIROVPAYCMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000144972 livestock Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N luminol Chemical compound O=C1NNC(=O)C2=C1C(N)=CC=C2 HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- KJLLKLRVCJAFRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N mebutizide Chemical compound ClC1=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C=C2S(=O)(=O)NC(C(C)C(C)CC)NC2=C1 KJLLKLRVCJAFRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002082 metal nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001455 metallic ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 231100000782 microtubule inhibitor Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001823 molecular biology technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940126619 mouse monoclonal antibody Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108091005763 multidomain proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SHXOKQKTZJXHHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-diethyl-5-iminobenzo[a]phenoxazin-9-amine;hydrochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC=C2C3=NC4=CC=C(N(CC)CC)C=C4OC3=CC(=[NH2+])C2=C1 SHXOKQKTZJXHHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UYDCBKSBCZSZMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-diazonio-2-oxoethanimidate Chemical compound [N-]=[N+]=NC(=O)C=O UYDCBKSBCZSZMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002088 nanocapsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000822 natural killer cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108010068617 neonatal Fc receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 231100000957 no side effect Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229950006344 nocodazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007474 nonparametric Mann- Whitney U test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940042404 nucleoside and nucleotide reverse transcriptase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004145 nucleotide salvage Effects 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRMQCJCMKQSEJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N oligo b Polymers O1C(N2C3=NC=NC(N)=C3N=C2)C(OC)C(OC(=O)C=2C=C3C4(OC(=O)C3=CC=2)C2=CC=C(O)C=C2OC2=CC(O)=CC=C24)C1COP(O)(=O)OC1C(C(O2)N3C(N=C(N)C(C)=C3)=O)OCC12COP(O)(=O)OC(C1OC)C(COP(O)(=O)OC2C3(COP(O)(=O)OC4C(C(OC4COP(O)(=O)OC4C(C(OC4COP(O)(=O)OC4C(C(OC4COP(O)(=O)OC4C5(COP(O)(=O)OC6C(C(OC6COP(O)(=O)OC6C7(COP(O)(=O)OC8C(C(OC8COP(O)(=O)OC8C9(CO)COC8C(O9)N8C(N=C(N)C(C)=C8)=O)N8C(NC(=O)C=C8)=O)OC)COC6C(O7)N6C(N=C(N)C(C)=C6)=O)N6C(N=C(N)C=C6)=O)OC)COC4C(O5)N4C(N=C(N)C(C)=C4)=O)N4C5=NC=NC(N)=C5N=C4)OC)N4C5=C(C(NC(N)=N5)=O)N=C4)OC)N4C5=C(C(NC(N)=N5)=O)N=C4)OC)COC2C(O3)N2C(N=C(N)C(C)=C2)=O)OC1N1C=CC(=O)NC1=O LRMQCJCMKQSEJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006384 oligomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001543 one-way ANOVA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002138 osteoinductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000008968 osteosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VYNDHICBIRRPFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pacific blue Chemical compound FC1=C(O)C(F)=C2OC(=O)C(C(=O)O)=CC2=C1 VYNDHICBIRRPFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002741 palatine tonsil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940055729 papain Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019834 papain Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000199 parathyroid hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001319 parathyroid hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000813 peptide hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N periodic acid Chemical compound OI(=O)(=O)=O KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003200 peritoneal cavity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102000013415 peroxidase activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108040007629 peroxidase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009520 phase I clinical trial Methods 0.000 description 1
- RXNXLAHQOVLMIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl 10-methylacridin-10-ium-9-carboxylate Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2[N+](C)=C2C=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 RXNXLAHQOVLMIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 1
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108010004335 phycoerythrocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035479 physiological effects, processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000656 polylysine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940068977 polysorbate 20 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020004 porter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000683 possible toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- DTBMTXYWRJNBGK-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium;sodium;phthalate Chemical compound [Na+].[K+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O DTBMTXYWRJNBGK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000861 pro-apoptotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940097325 prolactin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010087851 prorelaxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000003180 prostaglandins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100000654 protein toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006825 purine synthesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011363 radioimmunotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011362 radionuclide therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052761 rare earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002910 rare earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007115 recruitment Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000284 resting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011669 selenium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012679 serum free medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002603 single-photon emission computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003998 size exclusion chromatography high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- SUKJFIGYRHOWBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium hypochlorite Chemical compound [Na+].Cl[O-] SUKJFIGYRHOWBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000009518 sodium iodide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000638 solvent extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000392 somatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940043517 specific immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013595 supernatant sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940065721 systemic for obstructive airway disease xanthines Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052713 technetium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N technetium atom Chemical compound [Tc] GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N texas red Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=CC=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N tgfbeta Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCSC)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019157 thiamine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KYMBYSLLVAOCFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiamine Chemical compound CC1=C(CCO)SCN1CC1=CN=C(C)N=C1N KYMBYSLLVAOCFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003495 thiamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011721 thiamine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940034208 thyroxine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XUIIKFGFIJCVMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N thyroxine-binding globulin Natural products IC1=CC(CC([NH3+])C([O-])=O)=CC(I)=C1OC1=CC(I)=C(O)C(I)=C1 XUIIKFGFIJCVMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003104 tissue culture media Substances 0.000 description 1
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-OIOBTWANSA-N titanium-45 Chemical compound [45Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-OIOBTWANSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000167 toxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 231100000816 toxic dose Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000003440 toxic substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004654 triazenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013638 trimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004291 uterus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011534 wash buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N yttrium atom Chemical compound [Y] VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
- A61K39/39583—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials not provided for elsewhere, e.g. haptens, coenzymes
-
- A61K47/4853—
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
- A61K31/4738—Quinolines; Isoquinolines ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
- A61K31/4745—Quinolines; Isoquinolines ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems condensed with ring systems having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. phenantrolines
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
- A61K31/513—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim having oxo groups directly attached to the heterocyclic ring, e.g. cytosine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
- A61K39/42—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum viral
-
- A61K47/48407—
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
- A61K47/6801—Drug-antibody or immunoglobulin conjugates defined by the pharmacologically or therapeutically active agent
- A61K47/6803—Drugs conjugated to an antibody or immunoglobulin, e.g. cisplatin-antibody conjugates
- A61K47/6807—Drugs conjugated to an antibody or immunoglobulin, e.g. cisplatin-antibody conjugates the drug or compound being a sugar, nucleoside, nucleotide, nucleic acid, e.g. RNA antisense
- A61K47/6809—Antibiotics, e.g. antitumor antibiotics anthracyclins, adriamycin, doxorubicin or daunomycin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
- A61K47/6835—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site
- A61K47/6839—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting material from viruses
- A61K47/6841—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting material from viruses the antibody targeting a RNA virus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
- A61K47/6835—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site
- A61K47/6875—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody being a hybrid immunoglobulin
- A61K47/6879—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody being a hybrid immunoglobulin the immunoglobulin having two or more different antigen-binding sites, e.g. bispecific or multispecific immunoglobulin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
- A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/08—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from viruses
- C07K16/10—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from viruses from RNA viruses
- C07K16/1036—Retroviridae, e.g. leukemia viruses
- C07K16/1045—Lentiviridae, e.g. HIV, FIV, SIV
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/08—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from viruses
- C07K16/10—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from viruses from RNA viruses
- C07K16/1036—Retroviridae, e.g. leukemia viruses
- C07K16/1045—Lentiviridae, e.g. HIV, FIV, SIV
- C07K16/1063—Lentiviridae, e.g. HIV, FIV, SIV env, e.g. gp41, gp110/120, gp160, V3, PND, CD4 binding site
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
- C07K2317/73—Inducing cell death, e.g. apoptosis, necrosis or inhibition of cell proliferation
- C07K2317/732—Antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity [ADCC]
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
- C07K2317/76—Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding
Definitions
- the present invention concerns methods and compositions for treating and in preferred embodiments eliminating human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) in infected subjects.
- the compositions and methods concern targeting molecules, such as antibodies or antibody fragments against HIV antigens, for example against HIV envelope antigen.
- the antibodies or antibody fragments may be conjugated to one or more agents, such as therapeutic agents, diagnostic agents, virostatic agents and/or cytotoxic agents, including but not limited to chemotherapeutic agents such as doxorubicin.
- bispecific or multispecific antibodies or fragments thereof may be used, with one or more binding sites directed towards HIV antigen(s) and one or more binding sites with affinity for a carrier molecule to which cytotoxic, virostatic or other therapeutic and/or diagnostic agents may be attached.
- HIV-1 human immunodeficiency virus-1
- ART anti-retroviral therapy
- Binding and neutralizing antibodies can prevent attachment of free virus to the cellular receptor, they can bind to the viral surface, and they can induce complement-mediated virolysis of free virions (Parren et al., AIDS 1999, 13[Suppl A]:5137-162). Antibodies may also mediate killing of infected cells by antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC), by coupling NK-cells to infected target cells (Broliden et al., J Virol 1990, 64:936-940).
- ADCC antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
- the present invention fulfills an unresolved need in the art by providing methods and compositions for inhibiting, suppressing, detecting, identifying, localizing and/or eliminating HIV-infected cells.
- the compositions and/or methods may concern targeting molecules against HIV antigens.
- targeting molecules may include, but are not limited to, peptides, antibodies, humanized antibodies, chimeric antibodies, human antibodies or fragments of any such antibodies, and/or antibody analogs.
- the targeting molecules may be unconjugated, for example “naked” antibodies or antibody fragments.
- the targeting molecules may be conjugated to one or more therapeutic and/or diagnostic agents.
- Such agents may include, but are not limited to, a drug, prodrug, virostatic agent, toxin, enzyme, oligonucleotide, radioisotope, radionuclide, immunomodulator, cytokine, label, fluorescent label, luminescent label, paramagnetic label, Mill label, micelle, liposome, nanoparticle, or combination thereof.
- conjugated anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be administered in vivo to patients with a known or suspected HIV infection. Such administration may block or prevent infection of patient cells with HIV, may reduce or eliminate HIV-infected cells in the patient, and/or may reduce or eliminate residual foci of HIV-infected cells in patients treated previously and/or simultaneously with other known anti-retroviral therapies.
- compositions for treating subjects, such as subjects infected with HIV, SIV, other retroviruses.
- Subjects may include, but are not limited to, humans, animals, cats, dogs, cows, sheep, goats, horses, and mammals.
- the methods and compositions may comprise one or more naked or conjugated targeting molecules to be administered to a subject.
- the targeting molecules are antibodies or antibody fragments, including any variation of chimeric, humanized or human antibodies or fragments.
- Administration may be by any route known in the art, such as oral, nasal, buccal, inhalational, rectal, vaginal or topical.
- administration may be by orthotopic, intradermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intraarterial, intrathecal or intravenous injection.
- HIV targeting molecules may be administered alone or alternatively in conjunction with other known therapeutic treatments for HIV infection, such as azidothymidine, other nucleoside/nucleotide reverse transcriptase inhibitors, non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors, HIV protease inhibitors and/or fusion inhibitors.
- the conjugated HIV targeting molecules may be used in combination with HAART (highly active anti-retroviral therapy).
- anti-HIV therapeutic agents are known in the art and any such known agent may be used, including but not limited to efavirenz, azidothymidine, tenofovir, lamivudine, emtricitabine, didanosine, abacavir, stavudine, nevirapine, lopinavir, ritonavir, atazanavir, fosamprenavir, indinavir, nelfinavir, saquinavir, alone or in any combination.
- anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be administered as part of a bispecific or multispecific antibody complex, with at least one binding site for the HIV antigen and a second binding site for a second target, such as a hapten or carrier molecule.
- anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be covalently attached to or provided as a fusion protein with an antibody, antibody fragment, monoclonal antibody, Fc fragment, Fc-binding protein or antibody binding protein.
- anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be covalently or non-covalently attached to various moieties by methods well known in the art, such as the use of covalent cross-linking reagents.
- covalent cross-linking reagents such as carbodiimides, bisimidates, N-hydroxysuccinimide ester of suberic acid, dimethyl-3,3′-dithio-bispropionimidate, azidoglyoxal, 1,5-difluoro-2,4-(dinitrobenzene) and other cross-linkers of use for proteins and/or peptides are known and may be used.
- the anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be used as adjuncts for diagnosis and/or imaging purposes.
- anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be tagged with any known contrast or detection agent or may be detected using any known methodologies, such as ELISA, etc.
- the anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be used ex vivo, for example by immunohistochemistry of tissue sections, to detect residual HIV infection.
- anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be administered to a subject for in vivo detection of tissues infected with HIV.
- Such compositions and methods may be used to detect and/or diagnose the presence of HIV infection, to monitor for residual HIV infection after therapy, and/or to monitor the effectiveness of anti-HIV therapy.
- FIG. 1A HIV-1 IIIB neutralization of HIV infection in vitro.
- the neutralizing capacities of the immunoglobulins were tested by incubating different concentrations of the immunoglobulins with HIV-1 IIIB and then assaying the viral infection of HIV susceptible Jurkat T-cells.
- FIG. 1B HIV-1 IIIB inhibition of intercellular spread of HIV infection in vitro.
- Jurkat T-cells were mixed in the proportions 0.2%, 1%, 3%, and 5% infected and 99.8%, 99%, 97%, and 95% uninfected cells.
- the HIV-1 p24 production after treating 3% Jurkat T-cells infected with HIV-1 IIIB and 97% uninfected cells with different concentrations of immunoglobulins is shown. The results are shown as percent inhibition of p24 production after 7 days in culture.
- FIG. 2 Protection against HIV-1/MuLV infection in vivo.
- Mice (6-12/group) were challenged i.p. with HIV-1/MuLV infected splenocytes and immediately treated with monoclonal antibodies (Mab) or free doxorubicin.
- Unconjugated P4/D10 Mab was titrated 100-800 ⁇ g per mouse, free doxorubicin 100-400 ⁇ g and irrelevant doxorubicin-hRS7 100-200 ⁇ g. All other treatments were given at 100 ⁇ g per mouse.
- Ten days after challenge, peritoneal cells were collected and mixed with HIV susceptible Jurkat T-cells. HIV p24 production in these cell cultures was measured every 3-4 days for 18 days.
- an “antibody”, as described herein, refers to a full-length (i.e., naturally occurring or formed by normal immunoglobulin gene fragment recombinatorial processes) immunoglobulin molecule (e.g., an IgG antibody) or an immunologically active (i.e., specifically binding) portion or analog of an immunoglobulin molecule, like an antibody fragment.
- immunoglobulin molecule e.g., an IgG antibody
- an immunologically active i.e., specifically binding
- an “antibody fragment” is a portion of an antibody such as F(ab) 2 , F(ab′) 2 , Fab, Fv, sFv, and the like. Regardless of structure, an antibody fragment binds with the same antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody.
- antibody fragment also includes any synthetic or genetically engineered protein that acts like an antibody by binding to a specific antigen to form a complex.
- antibody fragments include isolated fragments consisting of the variable regions, such as the “Fv” fragments consisting of the variable regions of the heavy and light chains, recombinant single chain polypeptide molecules in which light and heavy variable regions are connected by a peptide linker (“scFv proteins”), and minimal recognition (CDR) units consisting of the amino acid residues that mimic the hypervariable region.
- Fv variable regions
- CDR minimal recognition
- a “therapeutic agent” is an atom, molecule, or compound that is useful in the treatment of a disease.
- therapeutic agents include antibodies, antibody fragments, drugs, virostatic agents, toxins, enzymes, nucleases, hormones, immunomodulators, antisense oligonucleotides, small interfering RNA (siRNA), chelators, boron compounds, photoactive agents, dyes, and radioisotopes.
- siRNA small interfering RNA
- boron compounds boron compounds
- photoactive agents dyes, and radioisotopes.
- neutralizing antibody or “neutralizing antibody fragment” is used herein to refer to an antibody or fragment that reacts with an infectious agent (such as a virus) and destroys or inhibits its infectivity and/or virulence.
- infectious agent such as a virus
- a “diagnostic agent” is an atom, molecule, or compound that is useful in diagnosing a disease.
- useful diagnostic agents include, but are not limited to, radioisotopes, dyes (such as with the biotin-streptavidin complex), contrast agents, fluorescent compounds or molecules, and enhancing agents (e.g., paramagnetic ions) for magnetic resonance imaging (MM).
- an “immunoconjugate” is a conjugate of a binding molecule (e.g., an antibody component) with an atom, molecule, or a higher-ordered structure (e.g., with a carrier, a therapeutic agent, or a diagnostic agent).
- a binding molecule e.g., an antibody component
- an atom, molecule e.g., an atom, molecule, or a higher-ordered structure
- a “naked antibody” is an antibody that is not conjugated to any other agent.
- a “carrier” is an atom, molecule, or higher-ordered structure that is capable of associating with a therapeutic or diagnostic agent to facilitate delivery of such agent to a targeted cell.
- Carriers may include lipids (e.g., amphiphilic lipids that are capable of forming higher-ordered structures), polysaccharides (such as dextran), proteins, peptides, peptide analogs, peptide derivatives or other higher-ordered structures, such as micelles, liposomes, or nanoparticles.
- a carrier may be designed to be resistant to proteolytic or other enzymatic degradation, for example by substituting D-amino acids for naturally occurring L-amino acids in a protein or peptide.
- antibody fusion protein refers to a recombinantly produced antigen-binding molecule in which two or more of the same or different scFv or antibody fragments with the same or different specificities are linked. Valency of the fusion protein indicates how many binding arms or sites the fusion protein has to a single antigen or epitope; i.e., monovalent, bivalent, trivalent or multivalent. The multivalency of the antibody fusion protein means that it can take advantage of multiple interactions in binding to an antigen, thus increasing the avidity of binding to the antigen. Specificity indicates how many antigens or epitopes an antibody fusion protein is able to bind; i.e., monospecific, bispecific, trispecific, multispecific.
- a natural antibody e.g., an IgG
- Monospecific, multivalent fusion proteins have more than one binding site for an epitope but only binds to one such epitope, for example a diabody with two binding site reactive with the same antigen.
- the fusion protein may comprise a single antibody component, a multivalent or multispecific combination of different antibody components, or multiple copies of the same antibody component.
- the fusion protein may additionally comprise an antibody or an antibody fragment and a therapeutic agent. Examples of therapeutic agents suitable for such fusion proteins include immunomodulators (“antibody-immunomodulator fusion protein”) and toxins (“antibody-toxin fusion protein”).
- One preferred toxin comprises a ribonuclease (RNase), preferably a recombinant RNase.
- bispecific antibody is an antibody that can bind simultaneously to two targets of different structure.
- Bispecific antibodies and bispecific antibody fragments that are of particular interest have at least one arm that specifically binds to, for example, an HIV envelope protein and at least one other arm that specifically binds to a targetable conjugate that bears a therapeutic or diagnostic agent.
- An antibody or immunoconjugate preparation, or a composition described herein, is said to be administered in a “therapeutically effective amount” if the amount administered is physiologically significant.
- An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient mammal.
- an anti-HIV antibody preparation is physiologically significant if its presence reduces, inhibits or eliminates HIV-infected cells or reduces, inhibits or eliminates HIV infection of non-infected cells.
- a composition is said to be a “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient patient.
- Sterile phosphate-buffered saline is one example of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- Other suitable carriers are well known to those in the art. See, for example, R EMINGTON'S P HARMACEUTICAL S CIENCES , 19th Ed. (Mack Publishing Co. 1995), and Goodman and Gilman's T HE P HARMACOLOGICAL B ASIS OF T HERAPEUTICS (Goodman et al., Eds. Macmillan Publishing Co., New York, 1980 and 2001 editions).
- ABS sodium acetate buffer containing 150 mM sodium chloride
- ADCC antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
- HIV human immunodeficiency virus
- Mab monoclonal antibody
- PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
- TCID 50 50% tissue culture infectious dose.
- Various embodiments may concern antibody ligands against one or more antigens or epitopes of HIV.
- the antigen or epitope is one that is exposed on the surface of HIV-infected cells, such as the HIV envelope protein.
- Techniques for preparing and using various antibody-based constructs and fragments are well known in the art. Means for preparing and characterizing antibodies are also well known in the art (See, e.g., Harlowe and Lane, 1988 , Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory). Antibodies of use may also be commercially obtained from a wide variety of known sources. For example, a variety of antibody secreting hybridoma lines are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC, Manassas, Va.).
- anti-HIV antibodies may be obtained, prepared and/or used.
- a variety of antibodies against HIV have been reported and in certain embodiments any such known anti-HIV antibody may be utilized.
- 4E10 Rosa et al., Immunity 2:163-73, 2005
- 2F5 Bosa et al., Protein and Peptide Letters, 8:413-18, 2001
- 3D6 Ruker et al., Ann. NY Acad. Sci.
- monoclonal antibodies may be readily prepared through use of well-known techniques, such as those exemplified in U.S. Pat. No. 4,196,265. Typically, this technique involves immunizing a suitable animal with a selected immunogen composition. Cells from rodents such as mice and rats are preferred. Mice are more preferred, with the BALB/c mouse being most preferred as this is most routinely used and generally gives a higher percentage of stable fusions.
- somatic cells with the potential for producing antibodies, specifically B-lymphocytes (B-cells), are selected for use in the Mab generating protocol. These cells may be obtained from biopsied spleens, tonsils or lymph nodes, or from a peripheral blood sample. Often, a panel of animals will have been immunized and the spleen of the animal with the highest antibody titer will be removed and the spleen lymphocytes obtained by homogenizing the spleen with a syringe. Typically, a spleen from an immunized mouse contains approximately 5 ⁇ 10 7 to 2 ⁇ 10 8 lymphocytes.
- the antibody-producing B-lymphocytes from the immunized animal are then fused with cells of an immortal myeloma cell, generally one of the same species as the animal that was immunized.
- Myeloma cell lines suited for use in hybridoma-producing fusion procedures preferably are non-antibody-producing, have high fusion efficiency, and enzyme deficiencies that render then incapable of growing in certain selective media which support the growth of only the desired fused cells (hybridomas).
- any one of a number of myeloma cells may be used, as are known to those of skill in the art.
- the immunized animal is a mouse
- P3-X63/Ag8.653, NS1/1.Ag 4 1, Sp210-Ag14, FO, NSO/U, MPC-11, MPC11-X45-GTG 1.7 and S194/5XX0 Bul for rats, one may use R210.RCY3, Y3-Ag 1.2.3, IR983F and 4B210; and U-266, GM1500-GRG2, LICR-LON-HMy2 and UC729-6 are all useful in connection with cell fusions.
- Methods for generating hybrids of antibody-producing spleen or lymph node cells and myeloma cells usually comprise mixing somatic cells with myeloma cells in a 2:1 ratio, though the ratio may vary from about 20:1 to about 1:1, respectively, in the presence of an agent or agents (chemical or electrical) that promote the fusion of cell membranes. Fusion methods using Sendai virus, and those using polyethylene glycol (PEG), such as 37% (v/v) PEG, have been described. The use of electrically induced fusion methods is also appropriate.
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- Fusion procedures usually produce viable hybrids at low frequencies, around 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 to 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 8 . However, this does not pose a problem, as the viable, fused hybrids are differentiated from the parental, unfused cells (particularly the unfused myeloma cells that would normally continue to divide indefinitely) by culturing in a selective medium.
- the selective medium is generally one that contains an agent that blocks the de novo synthesis of nucleotides in the tissue culture media.
- Exemplary agents are aminopterin, methotrexate, and azaserine. Aminopterin and methotrexate block de novo synthesis of both purines and pyrimidines, whereas azaserine blocks only purine synthesis.
- the media is supplemented with hypoxanthine and thymidine as a source of nucleotides (HAT medium).
- HAT medium a source of nucleotides
- azaserine the media is supplemented with hypoxanthine.
- a preferred selection medium is HAT. Only cells capable of operating nucleotide salvage pathways are able to survive in HAT medium.
- the myeloma cells are defective in key enzymes of the salvage pathway, e.g., hypoxanthine phosphoribosyl transferase (HPRT), and they cannot survive.
- HPRT hypoxanthine phosphoribosyl transferase
- the B-cells can operate this pathway, but they have a limited life span in culture and generally die within about two wk. Therefore, the only cells that can survive in the selective media are those hybrids formed from myeloma and B-cells.
- This culturing provides a population of hybridomas from which specific hybridomas are selected.
- selection of hybridomas is performed by culturing the cells by single-clone dilution in microtiter plates, followed by testing the individual clonal supernatants (after about two to three wk) for the desired reactivity.
- the assay should be sensitive, simple and rapid, such as radioimmunoassays, enzyme immunoassays, cytotoxicity assays, plaque assays, dot immunobinding assays, and the like.
- the selected hybridomas would then be serially diluted and cloned into individual antibody-producing cell lines, which clones can then be propagated indefinitely to provide Mabs.
- the cell lines may be exploited for Mab production in two basic ways.
- a sample of the hybridoma can be injected (often into the peritoneal cavity) into a histocompatible animal of the type that was used to provide the somatic and myeloma cells for the original fusion.
- the injected animal develops tumors secreting the specific monoclonal antibody produced by the fused cell hybrid.
- the body fluids of the animal such as serum or ascites fluid, can then be tapped to provide Mabs in high concentration.
- the individual cell lines also could be cultured in vitro, where the Mabs are naturally secreted into the culture medium from which they can be readily obtained in high concentrations. Mabs produced by either means may be further purified, if desired, using filtration, centrifugation, and various chromatographic methods such as HPLC or affinity chromatography.
- Some embodiments of the claimed methods and/or compositions may concern antibody fragments.
- Such antibody fragments may be obtained by pepsin or papain digestion of whole antibodies by conventional methods.
- antibody fragments may be produced by enzymatic cleavage of antibodies with pepsin to provide a 5S fragment denoted F(ab′) 2 .
- This fragment may be further cleaved using a thiol reducing agent and, optionally, a blocking group for the sulfhydryl groups resulting from cleavage of disulfide linkages, to produce 3.5S Fab′ monovalent fragments.
- an enzymatic cleavage using pepsin produces two monovalent Fab fragments and an Fc fragment.
- Fv fragments comprise an association of V H and V L chains. This association can be noncovalent, as described in Inbar et al., 1972, Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA, 69:2659.
- the variable chains may be linked by an intermolecular disulfide bond or cross-linked by chemicals such as glutaraldehyde. See Sandhu, 1992, Crit. Rev. Biotech., 12:437.
- the Fv fragments comprise V H and V L chains connected by a peptide linker.
- These single-chain antigen binding proteins are prepared by constructing a structural gene comprising DNA sequences encoding the V H and V L domains, connected by an oligonucleotide linker sequence. The structural gene is inserted into an expression vector that is subsequently introduced into a host cell, such as E. coli . The recombinant host cells synthesize a single polypeptide chain with a linker peptide bridging the two V domains. Methods for producing sFvs are well-known in the art.
- CDR peptides (“minimal recognition units”) can be obtained by constructing genes encoding the CDR of an antibody of interest. Such genes are prepared, for example, by using the polymerase chain reaction to synthesize the variable region from RNA of antibody-producing cells. See Larrick et al., 1991, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2:106; Ritter et al.
- a chimeric antibody is a recombinant protein in which the variable regions of, for example, a human antibody have been replaced by the variable regions of, for example, a mouse antibody, including the complementarity-determining regions (CDRs) of the mouse antibody.
- Chimeric antibodies exhibit decreased immunogenicity and increased stability when administered to a subject.
- Methods for constructing chimeric antibodies are well known in the art (e.g., Leung et al., 1994, Hybridoma 13:469).
- a chimeric monoclonal antibody may be humanized by transferring the mouse CDRs from the heavy and light variable chains of the mouse immunoglobulin into the corresponding variable domains of a human antibody.
- the mouse framework regions (FR) in the chimeric monoclonal antibody are also replaced with human FR sequences.
- one or more human FR residues may be replaced by the mouse counterpart residues.
- Humanized monoclonal antibodies may be used for therapeutic treatment of subjects.
- the affinity of humanized antibodies for a target may also be increased by selected modification of the CDR sequences (WO0029584A1). Techniques for production of humanized monoclonal antibodies are well known in the art.
- Non-human primate antibodies may concern non-human primate antibodies.
- General techniques for raising therapeutically useful antibodies in baboons may be found, for example, in Goldenberg et al., WO 91/11465 (1991), and in Losman et al., Int. J. Cancer 46: 310 (1990).
- an antibody may be a human monoclonal antibody.
- Such antibodies may be obtained from transgenic mice that have been engineered to produce specific human antibodies in response to antigenic challenge.
- elements of the human heavy and light chain locus are introduced into strains of mice derived from embryonic stem cell lines that contain targeted disruptions of the endogenous heavy chain and light chain loci.
- the transgenic mice can synthesize human antibodies specific for human antigens, and the mice can be used to produce human antibody-secreting hybridomas. Methods for obtaining human antibodies from transgenic mice are described by Green et al., Nature Genet. 7:13 (1994), Lonberg et al., Nature 368:856 (1994), and Taylor et al., Int. Immun. 6:579 (1994).
- the phage display technique may be used to generate human antibodies (e.g., Dantas-Barbosa et al., 2005 , Genet. Mol. Res. 4:126-40, incorporated herein by reference).
- Human antibodies may be generated from normal humans or from humans that exhibit a particular disease state, such as HIV infection or AIDS.
- the advantage to constructing human antibodies from a diseased individual is that the circulating antibody repertoire may be biased towards antibodies against disease-associated antigens.
- RNAs were converted to cDNAs and used to make Fab cDNA libraries using specific primers against the heavy and light chain immunoglobulin sequences (Marks et al., 1991 , J Mol. Biol. 222:581-97, incorporated herein by reference).
- transgenic animals that have been genetically engineered to produce human antibodies may be used to generate antibodies against essentially any immunogenic target, using standard immunization protocols as discussed above.
- a non-limiting example of such a system is the XenoMouse® (e.g., Green et al., 1999, J. Immunol. Methods 231:11-23) from Abgenix (Fremont, Calif.).
- the mouse antibody genes have been inactivated and replaced by functional human antibody genes, while the remainder of the mouse immune system remains intact.
- the XenoMouse® was transformed with germline-configured YACs (yeast artificial chromosomes) that contained portions of the human IgH and Igkappa loci, including the majority of the variable region sequences, along accessory genes and regulatory sequences.
- the human variable region repertoire may be used to generate antibody producing B cells, which may be processed into hybridomas by known techniques.
- a XenoMouse® immunized with a target antigen will produce human antibodies by the normal immune response, which may be harvested and/or produced by standard techniques discussed above.
- a variety of strains of XenoMouse® are available, each of which is capable of producing a different class of antibody.
- Such human antibodies may be coupled to other molecules by chemical cross-linking or other known methodologies.
- Transgenically produced human antibodies have been shown to have therapeutic potential, while retaining the pharmacokinetic properties of normal human antibodies (Green et al., 1999).
- the skilled artisan will realize that the claimed compositions and methods are not limited to use of the XenoMouse® system but may utilize any transgenic animal that has been genetically engineered to produce human antibodies.
- neutralizing antibodies or fragments thereof that are capable of destroying or inhibiting the infectivity and/or virulence of HIV are preferred.
- a variety of HIV neutralizing antibodies are known in the art and any such known antibodies or fragments thereof may be used, including but not limited to P4/D10, 2G12 (e.g., Joos et al., Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2006, 50:1773-79), 4E10 (Joos et al., 2006), 2F5 (Joos et al., 2006), b12 (e.g., Wu et al., J Virol 2006, 80:2585), X5 (Moulard et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci 2002, 99:6913-18) or any combination thereof.
- multispecific antibodies or fragments are used, the skilled artisan will realize that multiple antibodies or fragments that bind to the same or different HIV epitopes may be combined. Although antibodies against the HIV envelope protein (gp120) and/or gp41 are preferred, the skilled artisan will realize that other HIV target antigens may be utilized to develop antibodies or fragments thereof that will target HIV-infected cells. In some cases, antibodies or fragments that bind to one or more HIV antigens in combination with T-cell antigens (e.g., CD4, CCR5 and/or CXCR4) may be utilized.
- T-cell antigens e.g., CD4, CCR5 and/or CXCR4
- fusion proteins may concern fusion proteins. These molecules generally have all or a substantial portion of a peptide, linked at the N- or C-terminus, to all or a portion of a second polypeptide or protein.
- fusions may employ leader sequences from other species to permit the recombinant expression of a protein in a heterologous host.
- Another useful fusion includes the attachment of an immunologically active domain, such as an antibody or fragment, to a therapeutic agent, such as a peptide or protein toxin or enzyme.
- Yet another useful form of fusion may include attachment of a moiety of use for purification, such as the FLAG epitope (Prickett et al., 1989 , Biotechniques 7:580-589; Castrucci et al., 1992 , J Virol 66:4647-4653).
- Methods of generating fusion proteins are well known to those of skill in the art. Such proteins may be produced, for example, by chemical attachment using bifunctional cross-linking reagents, by de novo synthesis of the complete fusion protein, or by attachment of a DNA sequence encoding a first protein or peptide to a DNA sequence encoding a second peptide or protein, followed by expression of the intact fusion protein.
- bispecific or multispecific antibodies or fragments may be utilized. Such antibodies or fragments will comprise at least one binding site for an HIV-associated antigen and at least one other binding site, for example against a carrier molecule conjugated to therapeutic and/or diagnostic agents, a cytokine, a cell surface receptor or other antigen.
- V H and V L domains of antibodies produced by recombinant DNA technology may pair with each other to form a dimer (recombinant Fv fragment) with binding capability (U.S. Pat. No. 4,642,334).
- non-covalently associated molecules are not sufficiently stable under physiological conditions to have any practical use.
- Cognate V H and V L domains can be joined with a peptide linker of appropriate composition and length (usually consisting of more than 12 amino acid residues) to form a single-chain Fv (scFv) with binding activity.
- Methods of manufacturing scFvs are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,132,405.
- trimers with linkers between 0 and 2 amino acid residues, trimers (termed triabodies) and tetramers (termed tetrabodies) are favored, but the exact patterns of oligomerization appear to depend on the composition as well as the orientation of V-domains (V H -linker-V L or V L -linker-V H ), in addition to the linker length.
- Bispecific diabodies which are heterodimers of two different scFvs, each scFv consisting of the V H domain from one antibody connected by a short peptide linker to the V L domain of another antibody, have also been made using a dicistronic expression vector that contains in one cistron a recombinant gene construct comprising V m -linker-V L2 and in the other cistron a second recombinant gene construct comprising V H2 -linker-V L1 (Holliger, et al.
- tandab tetravalent tandem diabody with dual specificity
- the bispecific tandab is a dimer of two identical polypeptides, each containing four variable domains of two different antibodies (V H1 , V L1 , V H2 , V L2 ) linked in an orientation to facilitate the formation of two potential binding sites for each of the two different specificities upon self-association.
- bispecific and multispecific antibodies are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 20050002945, filed Feb. 11, 2004, the entire text of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- a variety of recombinant methods can be used to produce bispecific antibodies and antibody fragments.
- bispecific antibodies and antibody fragments can be produced in the milk of transgenic livestock. (See, e.g., Colman, A., Biochem. Soc. Symp., 63: 141-147, 1998; U.S. Pat. No. 5,827,690, each incorporated herein by reference.)
- Two DNA constructs are prepared which contain, respectively, DNA segments encoding paired immunoglobulin heavy and light chains.
- the fragments are cloned into expression vectors which contain a promoter sequence that is preferentially expressed in mammary epithelial cells.
- a promoter sequence that is preferentially expressed in mammary epithelial cells. Examples include, but are not limited to, promoters from rabbit, cow and sheep casein genes, the cow alpha-lactoglobulin gene, the sheep beta-lactoglobulin gene and the mouse whey acid protein gene.
- the inserted fragment is flanked on its 3′ side by cognate genomic sequences from a mammary-specific gene. This provides a polyadenylation site and transcript-stabilizing sequences.
- the expression cassettes are coinjected into the pronuclei of fertilized, mammalian eggs, which are then implanted into the uterus of a recipient female and allowed to gestate.
- both transgenes After birth, the progeny are screened for the presence of both transgenes by Southern analysis. In order for the antibody to be present, both heavy and light chain genes must be expressed concurrently in the same cell. Milk from transgenic females is analyzed for the presence and functionality of the antibody or antibody fragment using standard immunological methods known in the art. The antibody can be purified from the milk using standard methods known in the art.
- bispecific antibodies One strategy for use of bispecific antibodies includes pretargeting methodologies, in which an effector molecule is administered to a subject after a bispecific antibody has been administered.
- the bispecific antibody which would include a binding site for an HIV antigen and one for a carrier conjugated to one or more effector molecules, localizes to the diseased tissue and increases the specificity of localization of the effector to the diseased tissue (U.S. Patent Application No. 20050002945). Because the effector molecule may be cleared from circulation much more rapidly than the bispecific antibody, normal tissues may have a decreased exposure to the effector molecule when a pretargeting strategy is used than when the effector molecule is directly linked to the disease targeting antibody.
- Pretargeting methods have been developed to increase the target:background ratios of detection or therapeutic agents.
- Examples of pre-targeting and biotin/avidin approaches are described, for example, in Goodwin et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,863,713; Goodwin et al., J. Nucl. Med. 29:226, 1988; Hnatowich et al., J. Nucl. Med. 28:1294, 1987; Oehr et al., J. Nucl. Med. 29:728, 1988; Klibanov et al., J. Nucl. Med. 29:1951, 1988; Sinitsyn et al., J. Nucl. Med.
- bispecific antibodies and targetable constructs may be of use in treating and/or imaging diseased tissues, for example using the methods described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,126,916; 6,077,499; 6,010,680; 5,776,095; 5,776,094; 5,776,093; 5,772,981; 5,753,206; 5,746,996; 5,697,902; 5,328,679; 5,128,119; 5,101,827; and 4,735,210, each incorporated herein by reference. Additional methods are described in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/337,756 filed Jun. 22, 1999 and in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/823,746, filed Apr. 3, 2001.
- bispecific antibodies or fragments, or conjugates of antibodies or fragments may be assembled using a technology known as DOCK AND LOCK®) (DNL®). Further details of DNL® technology may be found in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/389,358, filed Mar. 24, 2005; Ser. No. 11/391,584, filed Mar. 28, 2006; Ser. No. 11/478,021, filed Jun. 29, 2006; Ser. No. 11/633,729, filed Jun. 21, 2007; and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/864,530, filed Nov. 6, 2006, the text of each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- DNL® technology involves targeting binding between two or more complementary sequences, such as a dimerization and docking domain (DDD) of, for example, the regulatory subunits of c-AMP-dependent protein kinas A, and the anchoring domain found in various A-kinase anchoring proteins (AKAPs) that mediates association with the R subunits of PKA.
- DDD dimerization and docking domain
- AKAPs A-kinase anchoring proteins
- exemplary 4-helix bundle type DDD domains may be obtained from p53, DCoH (pterin 4 alpha carbinolamine dehydratase/dimerization cofactor of hepatocyte nuclear factor 1 alpha (TCF1)) and HNF-1 (hepatocyte nuclear factor 1).
- DCoH pterin 4 alpha carbinolamine dehydratase/dimerization cofactor of hepatocyte nuclear factor 1 alpha (TCF1)
- HNF-1 hepatocyte nuclear factor 1
- complementary binding pairs may be covalently attached to various functional units, such as antibodies or antibody fragments, or therapeutic or diagnostic agents, forming therapeutic or diagnostic complexes of determined specificity and activity.
- functional units such as antibodies or antibody fragments, or therapeutic or diagnostic agents, forming therapeutic or diagnostic complexes of determined specificity and activity.
- AD or DDD sequences into fusion proteins comprising a Fab, Fab′, IgG, scFc or other antibody or fragment with known binding specificity.
- a bispecific complex may be formed by incorporating AD and DDD sequences into antibodies or fragments specific for two different target antigens.
- an antibody or fragment attached to a DDD or AD moiety may be combined with a therapeutic protein or peptide, such as a hormone, enzyme, ribonuclease, onconase or other agent that is attached to a complementary AD or DDD moiety.
- a therapeutic protein or peptide such as a hormone, enzyme, ribonuclease, onconase or other agent that is attached to a complementary AD or DDD moiety.
- therapeutic agents may be conjugated to anti-HIV antibodies, fragments or other targeting molecules for delivery to HIV infected cells.
- Therapeutic agents of use may comprise one or more of aplidin, azaribine, anastrozole, azacytidine, bleomycin, bortezomib, bryostatin-1, busulfan, calicheamycin, camptothecin, 10-hydroxycamptothecin, carmustine, celecoxib, chlorambucil, cisplatinum, irinotecan (CPT-11), SN-38, carboplatin, cladribine, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, dacarbazine, dactinomycin, daunomycin glucuronide, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, 2-pyrrolinodoxorubicine (2P-DOX), cyano-morpholino doxorubicin, doxorubicin glucuronide, epirub
- Additional moieties can be conjugated to the HIV targeting molecules described herein.
- drugs, toxins, radioactive compounds, enzymes, hormones, cytotoxic proteins, chelates, cytokines, and other functional agents may be conjugated to the HIV targeting molecules.
- Conjugation can be via, for example, covalent attachments to amino acid residues containing amine, carboxyl, thiol or hydroxyl groups in their side-chains.
- Various conventional linkers may be used for this purpose, for example, diisocyanates, diisothiocyanates, bis(hydroxysuccinimide) esters, carbodiimides, maleimide-hydroxysuccinimide esters, glutaraldehyde and the like.
- Conjugation of agents to the HIV targeting molecules preferably does not significantly affect the binding activity or specificity compared to the unmodified structures.
- cytotoxic and/or virostatic agents may be first coupled to a polymeric carrier, which is then conjugated to a HIV targeting molecule.
- a polymeric carrier For this method, see Ryser et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 75:3867-3870, 1978, U.S. Pat. No. 4,699,784, and U.S. Pat. No. 4,046,722, which are incorporated herein by reference.
- the conjugates described herein can be prepared by methods known for linking antibodies with lipids, carbohydrates, proteins, radionuclides, or other atoms and molecules.
- the HIV targeting molecules described herein can be linked to one or more of the carriers described herein (e.g., lipids, polymers, liposomes, micelles, or nanoparticles) to form a conjugate, which can then incorporate a therapeutic or diagnostic agent either covalently, non-covalently, or otherwise.
- any of the HIV targeting molecules described herein can be conjugated directly with one or more therapeutic or diagnostic agents described herein.
- a HIV targeting molecule can be radiolabeled with 131 I and conjugated to a lipid, such that the resulting conjugate can form a liposome.
- the liposome may incorporate one or more therapeutic (e.g., a drug such as FUdR-dO) or diagnostic agents.
- a therapeutic e.g., a drug such as FUdR-dO
- diagnostic agents e.g., FUdR-dO
- the formation of liposomes and micelles is known in the art. See, e.g., Wrobel and Collins, Biochimica et Biophysica Acta (1995), 1235: 296-304; Lundberg et al., J. Pharm. Pharmacol. (1999), 51:1099-1105; Lundberg et al., Int. J. Pharm. (2000), 205:101-108; Lundberg, J. Pharm.
- Nanoparticles or nanocapsules formed from polymers, silica, or metals, which are useful for drug delivery or imaging, have been described as well. See, e.g., West et al., Applications of Nanotechnology to Biotechnology (2000), 11:215-217; U.S. Pat. No. 5,620,708; U.S. Pat. No. 5,702,727; and U.S. Pat. No. 6,530,944.
- the conjugation of antibodies or binding molecules to liposomes to form a targeted carrier for therapeutic or diagnostic agents has been described. See, e.g., Bendas, Biodrugs (2001), 15:215-224; Xu et al., Mol.
- diagnostic and therapeutic agents can be advantageously used to form the conjugates of the HIV targeting molecules, or may be linked to haptens that bind to a recognition site on the HIV targeting molecules.
- Diagnostic agents may include radioisotopes, enhancing agents for use in MRI or contrast agents for ultrasound imaging, and fluorescent compounds.
- Many appropriate imaging agents are known in the art, as are methods for their attachment to proteins or peptides (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,021,236 and 4,472,509, both incorporated herein by reference).
- Certain attachment methods involve the use of a metal chelate complex employing, for example, an organic chelating agent such a DTPA attached to the protein or peptide (U.S. Pat. No. 4,472,509).
- a carrier to which multiple copies of a chelating group for binding the radioactive metals or paramagnetic ions have been attached.
- a carrier can be a polylysine, polysaccharide, or a derivatized or derivatizable polymeric substance having pendant groups to which can be bound chelating groups such as, e.g., ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA), porphyrins, polyamines, crown ethers, bis-thiosemicarbazones, polyoximes, and the like known to be useful for this purpose.
- Carriers containing chelates are coupled to the HIV targeting molecule using standard chemistries in a way to minimize aggregation and loss of immunoreactivity.
- the same chelates complexed with non-radioactive metals are useful for MRI, when used along with the HIV targeting molecules and carriers described herein.
- Macrocyclic chelates such as NOTA, DOTA, and TETA are of use with a variety of metals and radiometals, most particularly with radionuclides of gallium, yttrium and copper, respectively.
- metal-chelate complexes can be made very stable by tailoring the ring size to the metal of interest.
- Other ring-type chelates, such as macrocyclic polyethers for complexing 223 Ra, may be used.
- Therapeutic agents include, for example, chemotherapeutic drugs such as vinca alkaloids, anthracyclines, epidophyllotoxins, taxanes, antimetabolites, alkylating agents, antibiotics, Cox-2 inhibitors, antimitotics, antiangiogenic and proapoptotic agents, particularly doxorubicin, methotrexate, taxol, CPT-11, camptothecans, and others from these and other classes of cytotoxic agents.
- Other cytotoxic agents include nitrogen mustards, alkyl sulfonates, nitrosoureas, triazenes, folic acid analogs, pyrimidine analogs, purine analogs, platinum coordination complexes, and the like.
- Suitable cytotoxic agents are described in REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, 19th Ed. (Mack Publishing Co. 1995), and in GOODMAN AND GILMAN'S THE PHARMACOLOGICAL BASIS OF THERAPEUTICS, 7th Ed. (MacMillan Publishing Co. 1985), as well as revised editions of these publications.
- Other suitable cytotoxic agents, such as experimental drugs, are known to those of skill in the art, and may be conjugated to the HIV targeting molecules described herein using methods that are known in the art.
- Another class of therapeutic agents consists of radionuclides that emit ⁇ -particles (such as 212 Pb, 212 Bi, 213 Bi, 211 At, 223 Ra, 225 Ac), ⁇ -particles (such as 32 P, 33 P, 47 Sc, 67 Cu, 67 Ga, 89 Sr, 90 Y, 111 Ag, 125 I, 131 I, 142 Pr, 153 Sm, 161 Tb, 166 Ho, 166 Dy, 177 Lu, 186 Re, 188 Re, 189 Re), or Auger electrons (such as 111 In, 125 I, 67 Ga, 191 Os, 193m Pt, 195m Pt, 195m Hg).
- the HIV targeting molecules may be labeled with one or more of the above radionuclides using methods as described for the diagnostic agents.
- the therapeutic agents of use may comprise one or more aggresome inhibitors.
- Aggresomes are large intracellular complexes that were thought to form in response to misfolded protein (see, e.g., Heath et al., J. Cell Biol. 153:449-55, 2001; Johnstone et al., J. Cell Biol. 143:1883-98, 1998; Wileman, Science 312:875-78, 2006). More recently, it has been suggested that aggresomes may function in the assembly of viral particles (Heath et al., 2001; Wileman, 2006). Aggresome inhibitors may therefore function to block or inhibit the formation of new infectious viral particles from cells infected with HIV or other viruses.
- aggresome inhibitors such as ALLN, nocodazole, colchicine and vinblastine (Johnston et al., 1998), other microtubule inhibitors (Gerdes and Katsanis, Hum. Molec. Genet. 14:R291-300, 2005); bortezomib (Velcade) (Catley et al., Blood 108:3441-49, 2006), tubacin, histone deacetylase inhibitors (Corcoran et al., Curr. Biol. 14:488-92, 2004), and any such known aggresome inhibitor may be used.
- one or more immunomodulators may be conjugated to an anti-HIV antibody or fragment for administration to a patient, or alternatively may be co-administered to the patient.
- immunomodulator includes cytokines, stem cell growth factors, lymphotoxins and hematopoietic factors, such as interleukins, colony stimulating factors, interferons (e.g., interferons- ⁇ , - ⁇ and - ⁇ ) and the stem cell growth factor designated “Si factor.”
- suitable immunomodulator moieties include IL-2, IL-6, IL-10, IL-12, IL-18, IL-21, interferon-gamma, TNF-alpha, and the like.
- cytokine is a generic term for proteins or peptides released by one cell population which act on another cell as intercellular mediators.
- examples of cytokines include lymphokines, monokines, growth factors and traditional polypeptide hormones.
- cytokines include growth hormones such as human growth hormone, N-methionyl human growth hormone, and bovine growth hormone; parathyroid hormone; thyroxine; insulin; proinsulin; relaxin; prorelaxin; glycoprotein hormones such as follicle stimulating hormone (FSH), thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH), and luteinizing hormone (LH); hepatic growth factor; prostaglandin, fibroblast growth factor; prolactin; placental lactogen, OB protein; tumor necrosis factor- ⁇ and - ⁇ ; mullerian-inhibiting substance; mouse gonadotropin-associated peptide; inhibin; activin; vascular endothelial growth factor; integrin; thrombopoietin (TPO); nerve growth factors such as NGF- ⁇ ; platelet-growth factor; transforming growth factors (TGFs) such as TGF- ⁇ and TGF- ⁇ ; insulin-like growth factor-I and —II; erythropoietin (
- Chemokines generally act as chemoattractants to recruit immune effector cells to the site of chemokine expression. It may be advantageous to express a particular chemokine gene in combination with, for example, a cytokine gene, to enhance the recruitment of other immune system components to a site of treatment. Chemokines include, but are not limited to, RANTES, MCAF, MIP1-alpha, MIP1-Beta, and IP-10. The skilled artisan will recognize that certain cytokines are also known to have chemoattractant effects and could also be classified under the term chemokines. Similarly, the terms immunomodulator and cytokine overlap in their respective members.
- a suitable peptide containing a detectable label e.g., a fluorescent molecule
- a virostatic and/or cytotoxic agent e.g., a radioiodine
- a therapeutically useful conjugate can be obtained by incorporating a photoactive agent or dye onto the HIV targeting molecules.
- Fluorescent compositions, such as fluorochrome, and other chromogens, or dyes, such as porphyrins sensitive to visible light have been used to detect and to treat lesions by directing the suitable light to the lesion. In therapy, this has been termed photoradiation, phototherapy, or photodynamic therapy. See Joni et al.
- compositions and methods may utilize alternative forms of binding molecules to antibodies or antibody fragments, such as aptamers.
- Aptamers are typically synthetic oligonucleotides that can adopt three-dimensional conformations that provide antibody-like binding affinities and specificities for selected target molecules.
- Methods of constructing and determining the binding characteristics of aptamers are well known in the art. For example, such techniques are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,582,981, 5,595,877 and 5,637,459, each incorporated herein by reference.
- Aptamers may be prepared by any known method, including synthetic, recombinant, and purification methods, and may be used alone or in combination with other ligands specific for the same target. In general, a minimum of approximately 3 nucleotides, preferably at least 5 nucleotides, are necessary to effect specific binding. Aptamers of sequences shorter than 10 bases may be feasible, although aptamers of 10, 20, 30 or 40 nucleotides may be preferred.
- Aptamers need to contain the sequence that confers binding specificity, but may be extended with flanking regions and otherwise derivatized.
- the binding sequences of aptamers may be flanked by primer-binding sequences, facilitating the amplification of the aptamers by PCR or other amplification techniques.
- the flanking sequence may comprise a specific sequence that preferentially recognizes or binds a moiety to enhance the immobilization of the aptamer to a substrate.
- Aptamers may be isolated, sequenced, and/or amplified or synthesized as conventional DNA or RNA molecules.
- aptamers of interest may comprise modified oligomers. Any of the hydroxyl groups ordinarily present in aptamers may be replaced by phosphonate groups, phosphate groups, protected by a standard protecting group, or activated to prepare additional linkages to other nucleotides, or may be conjugated to solid supports.
- One or more phosphodiester linkages may be replaced by alternative linking groups, such as P(O)O replaced by P(O)S, P(O)NR 2 , P(O)R, P(O)OR′, CO, or CNR 2 , wherein R is H or alkyl (1-20C) and R′ is alkyl (1-20C); in addition, this group may be attached to adjacent nucleotides through O or S. Not all linkages in an oligomer need to be identical.
- the technique generally involves selection from a mixture of candidate aptamers and step-wise iterations of binding, separation of bound from unbound aptamers and amplification. Because only a small number of sequences (possibly only one molecule of aptamer) corresponding to the highest affinity aptamers exist in the mixture, it is generally desirable to set the partitioning criteria so that a significant amount of aptamers in the mixture (approximately 5-50%) is retained during separation.
- Each cycle results in an enrichment of aptamers with high affinity for the target.
- Repetition for between three to six selection and amplification cycles may be used to generate aptamers that bind with high affinity and specificity to the target.
- Aptamers may be conjugated to therapeutic agents by standard nucleic acid labeling techniques well known in the art.
- the disclosed compositions or methods may utilize one or more avimer sequences.
- Avimers are a class of binding proteins somewhat similar to antibodies in their affinities and specificities for various target molecules. They were developed from human extracellular receptor domains by in vitro exon shuffling and phage display. (Silverman et al., 2005, Nat. Biotechnol. 23:1493-94; Silverman et al., 2006, Nat. Biotechnol. 24:220.)
- the resulting multidomain proteins may comprise multiple independent binding domains that may exhibit improved affinity (in some cases sub-nanomolar) and specificity compared with single-epitope binding proteins.
- avimers may be attached to therapeutic agents for use in the claimed methods and compositions using standard protein cross-linking or labeling techniques discussed herein. Additional details concerning methods of construction and use of avimers are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 20040175756, 20050048512, 20050053973, 20050089932 and 20050221384, the Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- the HIV targeting molecules may be further formulated to obtain compositions that include one or more pharmaceutically suitable excipients, one or more additional ingredients, or some combination of these. These can be accomplished by known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful dosages, whereby the active ingredients (i.e., the HIV targeting molecules or conjugates), are combined in a mixture with one or more pharmaceutically suitable excipients.
- the active ingredients i.e., the HIV targeting molecules or conjugates
- Sterile phosphate-buffered saline is one example of a pharmaceutically suitable excipient.
- Other suitable excipients are well known to those in the art.
- compositions described herein are parenteral injection.
- parenteral administration the compositions will be formulated in a unit dosage injectable form such as a solution, suspension or emulsion, in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- excipients are inherently nontoxic and nontherapeutic. Examples of such excipients are saline, Ringer's solution, dextrose solution and Hank's solution. Nonaqueous excipients such as fixed oils and ethyl oleate may also be used. A preferred excipient is 5% dextrose in saline.
- the excipient may contain minor amounts of additives such as substances that enhance isotonicity and chemical stability, including buffers and preservatives. Other methods of administration, including oral administration, are also contemplated.
- compositions comprising HIV targeting molecules can be used for intravenous administration via, for example, bolus injection or continuous infusion.
- Compositions for injection can be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
- Compositions can also take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and can contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
- the compositions can be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
- compositions may be administered in solution.
- the pH of the solution should be in the range of pH 5 to 9.5, preferably pH 6.5 to 7.5.
- the formulation thereof should be in a solution having a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable buffer such as phosphate, tris (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane-HCl or citrate and the like. Buffer concentrations should be in the range of 1 to 100 mM.
- the formulated solution may also contain a salt, such as sodium chloride or potassium chloride in a concentration of 50 to 150 mM.
- An effective amount of a stabilizing agent such as glycerol, albumin, a globulin, a detergent, a gelatin, a protamine or a salt of protamine may also be included.
- Systemic administration of the formulated composition is typically made every two to three days or once a week if a humanized form of the antibody is used as a template for the HIV targeting molecules. Alternatively, daily administration is useful. Usually administration is by either intramuscular injection or intravascular infusion.
- compositions may be administered to a mammal subcutaneously or by other parenteral routes. Moreover, the administration may be by continuous infusion or by single or multiple boluses. Methods useful for the antibodies or immunoconjugates can be applied to the compositions described herein.
- the dosage of an administered immunoconjugate, fusion protein or naked antibody for humans will vary depending upon such factors as the patient's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history.
- This dosage may be repeated as needed, for example, once per week for 4-10 weeks, preferably once per week for 8 weeks, and more preferably, once per week for 4 weeks. It may also be given less frequently, such as every other week for several months.
- the dosage may be given through various parenteral routes, with appropriate adjustment of the dose and schedule.
- Control release preparations can be achieved through the use of biocompatible polymers to complex or adsorb the immunoconjugate or naked antibody, for example, matrices of poly(ethylene-co-vinyl acetate) and matrices of a polyanhydride copolymer of a stearic acid dimer and sebacic acid. See Sherwood et al., Bio/Technology (1992), 10: 1446.
- the rate of release of an immunoconjugate or antibody from such a matrix depends upon the molecular weight of the immunoconjugate or antibody, the amount of immunoconjugate, antibody within the matrix, and the size of dispersed particles.
- composition is administered to a mammal in a therapeutically effective amount.
- a suitable subject for the therapeutic and diagnostic methods disclosed herein is usually a human, although a non-human animal subject is also contemplated.
- compositions may be administered by aerosol to achieve localized delivery to the lungs.
- Sonic nebulizers preferably are used in preparing aerosols to minimize exposing the HIV targeting molecule in the compositions to shear, which can result in its degradation and loss of activity.
- a HIV targeting molecule linked to a radionuclide may be effective for therapy. After it has been determined that the HIV targeting molecule is localized at one or more infectious sites in a subject, higher doses of the labeled composition, generally from 20 mCi to 150 mCi per dose for 131 I, 5 mCi to 30 mCi per dose for 90 Y, or 5 mCi to 20 mCi per dose of 186 Re, each based on a 70 kg patient weight, are injected. Injection may be intravenous, intraarterial, intralymphatic, intrathecal, or intracavitary (i.e., parenterally), and may be repeated. It may be advantageous for some therapies to administer multiple, divided doses, thus providing higher toxic doses without usually effecting a proportional increase in radiation of normal tissues.
- anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be modified for oral or inhalational administration by conjugation to certain proteins, such as the Fc region of IgG1 (see Examples 3-7).
- Methods for preparation and use of peptide-Fc conjugates are disclosed, for example, in Low et al. (2005 , Hum. Reprod. 20:1805-13) and Dumont et al. (2005 , J. Aerosol. Med. 18:294-303), each incorporated herein by reference.
- Low et al. (2005) disclose the conjugation of the alpha and beta subunits of FSH to the Fc region of IgG1 in single chain or heterodimer form, using recombinant expression in CHO cells.
- the Fc conjugated peptides were absorbed through epithelial cells in the lung or intestine by the neonatal Fc receptor mediated transport system.
- the Fc conjugated peptides exhibited improved stability and absorption in vivo compared to the native peptides. It was also observed that the heterodimer conjugate was more active than the single chain form. Larger proteins, such as erythropoietin, may also be effectively delivered by inhalation using Fc conjugation (Dumont et al., 2005).
- radioactive and non-radioactive diagnostic agents which are linked to the HIV targeting molecules, is contemplated.
- Suitable non-radioactive diagnostic agents are those used for magnetic resonance imaging (MM), computed tomography (CT) or ultrasound.
- MRI agents include, for example, non-radioactive metals, such as manganese, iron and gadolinium, which are complexed with suitable chelates such as 2-benzyl-DTPA and its monomethyl and cyclohexyl analogs. See U.S. Ser. No. 09/921,290 filed on Oct. 10, 2001, which is incorporated in its entirety by reference.
- the HIV targeting molecules may be labeled with a radioisotope useful for diagnostic imaging.
- Suitable radioisotopes may include those in the energy range of 60 to 4,000 KeV, or more specifically, 18 F, 52 Fe, 62 Cu, 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 67 Ga, 68 Ga, 86 Y, 89 Zr 94m Tc, 94 Tc, 99m Tc, 45 Ti, 111 In, 123 I, 124 I, 125 I, 131 I, 154-158 Gd, 177 Lu, 32 P, 188 Re, and the like, or a combination thereof. See, e.g., U.S. patent application entitled “Labeling Targeting Agents with Gallium-68”—Inventors G. L. Griffiths and W.
- positron emitters such as 18 F, 68 Ga, 94m Tc, and the like, for imaging purposes; (incorporated herein by reference). Detection can be achieved, for example, by single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT), or positron emission tomography (PET).
- SPECT single photon emission computed tomography
- PET positron emission tomography
- the HIV targeting molecules may be labeled with one or more radioactive isotopes useful for killing HIV-infected cells, which include ⁇ -emitters (such as 32 P, 33 P, 47 Sc, 67 Cu, 67 Ga, 89 Sr, 90 Y, 111 Ag, 125 I, 131 I, 142 Pr, 153 Sm, 161 Tb, 166 Ho, 166 Dy, 177 Lu, 186 Re, 188 Re, 189 Re), Auger electron emitters (such as 111 In, 125 I, 67 Ga, 191 Os, 193m Pt, 195m Pt, 195m Ho, ⁇ -emitters (such as 212 Pb, 212 Bi, 213 Bi, 211 At, 223 Ra, 225 Ac), or a combination thereof.
- ⁇ -emitters such as 32 P, 33 P, 47 Sc, 67 Cu, 67 Ga, 89 Sr, 90 Y, 111 Ag, 125 I, 131 I, 142 Pr, 153 S
- the HIV targeting molecules may be used for MRI by linking to one or more image enhancing agents, which may include complexes of metals selected from the group consisting of chromium (III), manganese (II), iron (III), iron (II), cobalt (II), nickel (II), copper (II), neodymium (III), samarium (III), ytterbium (III), gadolinium (III), vanadium (II), terbium (III), dysprosium (III), holmium (III) and erbium (III).
- the HIV targeting molecules may be used for ultrasound imaging by linking to one or more image enhancing agents currently on the market.
- U.S. Pat. No. 6,331,175 describes MRI technique and the preparation of antibodies conjugated to an MRI enhancing agent and is incorporated in its entirety by reference.
- a functional protein such as a toxin
- a functional protein may be present in the HIV targeting molecules in several ways.
- a functional protein may be directly attached to an anti-HIV antibody or fragment as a fusion protein, using standard molecular biology techniques.
- functional proteins may be covalently conjugated to anti-HIV antibodies or fragments by known chemical cross-linking methods.
- Toxins that may be used in this regard include ricin, abrin, ribonuclease (RNase), DNase I, Staphylococcal enterotoxin-A, pokeweed antiviral protein, gelonin, diphtherin toxin, Pseudomonas exotoxin, and Pseudomonas endotoxin.
- Pretargeting is a multistep process originally developed to resolve the slow blood clearance of directly targeting antibodies, which contributes to undesirable toxicity to normal tissues, in particular, bone marrow.
- a radionuclide or other therapeutic agent is attached to a small compound that is cleared within minutes from the blood.
- the pretargeting agent which is capable of recognizing the small radiolabeled compound in addition to the target antigen, is administered first, and the radiolabeled compound is administered at a later time when the pretargeting agent is sufficiently cleared from the blood.
- a pretargeting method of treating or diagnosing a disease or disorder in a subject is provided by: (1) administering to the subject a bispecific HIV-targeting molecule as described above, where at least one antigen binding site is directed against an HIV marker, and the other antigen binding site is directed to a targetable construct containing a bivalent hapten; (2) optionally administering to the subject a clearing composition, and allowing the composition to clear the binding structure from circulation; and (3) administering to the subject the targetable construct containing a bivalent hapten, where the targetable construct further contains one or more chelated or chemically bound therapeutic or diagnostic agents.
- a variety of clearing agents and methods are known in the art and may be used for pretargeting, such as anti-idiotypic antibodies that complex with an HIV-targeting antibody or attachment of tags or labels (e.g., monosaccharides) to an HIV-targeting antibody that may be complexed with other agents (such as a monosaccharide-binding antibody).
- tags or labels e.g., monosaccharides
- avidin-biotin binding interactions are also known in the art.
- ADPT antibody dependent enzyme prodrug therapy
- a targetable construct may comprise one or more histamine-succinyl-glycine (HSG) moieties and an antigen-binding site may be associated with an HSG-binding antibody or fragment, such as the 679 antibody or fragment.
- HSG histamine-succinyl-glycine
- the targetable construct may be conjugated to any known diagnostic and/or therapeutic agent, using known pretargeting techniques (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,962,702).
- An exemplary targetable construct, known as IMP 411, that comprises two HSG moieties has the formula DOTA-D-Cys(3-SP-Gly-20-O-SN38)-D-Ala-D-Lys(HSG)-D-Tyr-D-Lys(HSG)-NH 2 .
- IMP 411 may be linked, for example, to SN38 chemotherapeutic agents, as indicated in the formula above.
- other therapeutic or diagnostic agents may be incorporated into or conjugated to the same peptide backbone.
- HIV targeting molecules may be of use in treating and/or imaging HIV-infected tissues, for example using the methods described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,126,916; 6,077,499; 6,010,680; 5,776,095; 5,776,094; 5,776,093; 5,772,981; 5,753,206; 5,746,996; 5,697,902; 5,328,679; 5,128,119; 5,101,827; and 4,735,210, each incorporated herein by reference. Additional methods are described in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/337,756 filed Jun. 22, 1999 and in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/823,746, filed Apr. 3, 2001.
- Such imaging can be conducted by direct labeling of the HIV targeting molecule, or by a pretargeted imaging method, as described in Goldenberg et al, “Antibody Pretargeting Advances Cancer Radioimmunodetection and Radiotherapy,” (J. Clin. Oncol., 2006 24:823-34), see also U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 20050002945, 20040018557, 20030148409 and 20050014207, each incorporated herein by reference.
- the HIV targeting molecules disclosed and claimed herein may be of use in radionuclide therapy or radioimmunotherapy methods (see, e.g., Govindan et al., 2005, Technology in Cancer Research & Treatment, 4:375-91; Sharkey and Goldenberg, 2005, J. Nucl. Med. 46:115S-127S; Goldenberg et al., 2006, J. Clin. Oncol. 24:823-34, each incorporated herein by reference.)
- a radiosensitizer can be used in combination with a naked or conjugated HIV targeting molecule, antibody or antibody fragment.
- the radiosensitizer can be used in combination with a radiolabeled HIV targeting molecule.
- the addition of the radiosensitizer can result in enhanced efficacy when compared to treatment with the radiolabeled HIV targeting molecule alone. Radiosensitizers are described in D. M. Goldenberg (ed.), CANCER THERAPY WITH RADIOLABELED ANTIBODIES, CRC Press (1995), which is incorporated herein by reference.
- the HIV targeting molecule may be associated or administered with cytokines and immune modulators.
- cytokines and immune modulators include, at least, interferons of alpha, beta and gamma, and colony stimulating factors.
- other immune modulators are known and may be used, such as IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-6, IL-10, IL-12, IL-18, TNF- ⁇ , stem cell growth factors, lymphotoxins, erythropoietin, thrombopoietin, G-CSF, GM-CSF, Si factor or a combination thereof.
- HIV targeting molecule comprises at least one ABS that specifically binds to an HIV antigen, and at least one ABS that specifically binds a targetable construct.
- kits for practicing the claimed methods may include an HIV targeting molecule.
- the targeting molecule may be labeled by any of the agents described above. Further, the targeting molecule may be unlabeled but the kit may comprise labeling reagents to label the targeting molecule.
- the labeling reagents if included, may contain the label and a crosslinker.
- the kit may also contain a HIV targeting molecule comprising at least one antibody specific for an HIV antigen and at least one antibody specific for a carrier.
- the kit may optionally contain a clearing composition to remove HIV targeting molecule from circulation.
- kit components may be packaged together or separated into two or more separate containers.
- the containers may be vials that contain sterile, lyophilized formulations of a composition that are suitable for reconstitution.
- a kit may also contain one or more buffers suitable for reconstitution and/or dilution of other reagents.
- Other containers that may be used include, but are not limited to, a pouch, tray, box, tube, or the like. Kit components may be packaged and maintained sterilely within the containers. Another component that can be included is instructions to a person using a kit for its use.
- Anti-HIV antibodies or fragments are of use for in vivo diagnosis. Methods of diagnostic imaging with labeled Mabs are well-known. For example, in the technique of immunoscintigraphy, anti-HIV antibodies are labeled with a gamma-emitting radioisotope and introduced into a patient. A gamma camera is used to detect the location and distribution of gamma-emitting radioisotopes.
- PET isotopes positron-emitting radionuclides
- an energy of 511 keV such as fluorine-18 ( 18 F), gallium-68 ( 68 Ga), and iodine-124 ( 124 I).
- PET isotopes such as with an energy of 511 keV, such as fluorine-18 ( 18 F), gallium-68 ( 68 Ga), and iodine-124 ( 124 I).
- PET positron-emitting radionuclides
- imaging can be conducted by direct labeling of the anti-HIV antibody or fragment, or by a pretargeted imaging method, as described in Goldenberg et al., 2006, J. Clin. Oncol. 24:823-34; see also U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 20050002945, 20040018557, 20030148409 and 20050014207, each incorporated herein by reference.
- radioisotopes may be bound to the anti-HIV antibody or fragment either directly or indirectly by using an intermediary functional group.
- intermediary functional groups include chelators such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid and diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid.
- the radiation dose delivered to the patient is maintained at as low a level as possible through the choice of isotope for the best combination of minimum half-life, minimum retention in the body, and minimum quantity of isotope which will permit detection and accurate measurement.
- radioisotopes that can be bound to anti-HIV antibody and are appropriate for diagnostic imaging include 99m Tc and 111 In.
- the anti-HIV antibody or fragments thereof also can be labeled with paramagnetic ions and a variety of radiological contrast agents for purposes of in vivo diagnosis.
- Contrast agents that are particularly useful for magnetic resonance imaging comprise gadolinium, manganese, dysprosium, lanthanum, or iron ions. Additional agents include chromium, copper, cobalt, nickel, rhenium, europium, terbium, holmium, or neodymium.
- Anti-HIV antibody or fragments thereof can also be conjugated to ultrasound contrast/enhancing agents.
- one ultrasound contrast agent is a liposome that comprises a humanized anti-HIV IgG or fragment thereof.
- the ultrasound contrast agent is a liposome that is gas filled.
- a bispecific antibody can be conjugated to a contrast agent.
- the bispecific antibody may comprise more than one image-enhancing agent for use in ultrasound imaging.
- the contrast agent is a liposome.
- the liposome comprises a bivalent DTPA-peptide covalently attached to the outside surface of the liposome. Still more preferred, the liposome is gas filled.
- the claimed peptides or proteins may be attached to imaging agents of use for imaging and diagnosis of various diseased organs, tissues or cell types.
- imaging agents are known in the art, as are methods for their attachment to proteins or peptides (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,021,236 and 4,472,509, both incorporated herein by reference).
- Certain attachment methods involve the use of a metal chelate complex employing, for example, an organic chelating agent such a DTPA attached to the protein or peptide (U.S. Pat. No. 4,472,509).
- Proteins or peptides also may be reacted with an enzyme in the presence of a coupling agent such as glutaraldehyde or periodate. Conjugates with fluorescein markers are prepared in the presence of these coupling agents or by reaction with an isothiocyanate.
- Non-limiting examples of paramagnetic ions of potential use as imaging agents include chromium (III), manganese (II), iron (III), iron (II), cobalt (II), nickel (II), copper (II), neodymium (III), samarium (III), ytterbium (III), gadolinium (III), vanadium (II), terbium (III), dysprosium (III), holmium (III) and erbium (III), with gadolinium being particularly preferred.
- Ions useful in other contexts, such as X-ray imaging include but are not limited to lanthanum (III), gold (III), lead (II), and especially bismuth (III).
- Radioisotopes of potential use as imaging or therapeutic agents include astatine 211 14carbon, 51 chromium, 36 chlorine, 57 cobalt, 58 cobalt, copper 62 , copper 64 , copper 67 , 152 Eu, fluorine 18 , gallium 67 , gallium 68 , 3 hydrogen, iodine 123 , iodine 124 , iodine 125 , iodine 131 , indium 111 , 52 iron, 59 iron, 32 phosphorus, 33 phosphorus, rhenium 186 , rhenium 88 , Sc 47 , 75 selenium, silver 111 , 35 sulphur, technicium 94m technicium 99m yttrium 86 and yttrium 90 .
- 125 I is often being preferred for use in certain embodiments, and technicium 99m and indium 111 are also often preferred due to their low energy and suitability for long range detection.
- Radioactively labeled proteins or peptides may be produced according to well-known methods in the art. For instance, they can be iodinated by contact with sodium or potassium iodide and a chemical oxidizing agent such as sodium hypochlorite, or an enzymatic oxidizing agent, such as lactoperoxidase.
- a chemical oxidizing agent such as sodium hypochlorite
- an enzymatic oxidizing agent such as lactoperoxidase.
- Proteins or peptides may be labeled with technetium 99m by ligand exchange process, for example, by reducing pertechnate with stannous solution, chelating the reduced technetium onto a Sephadex column and applying the peptide to this column or by direct labeling techniques, e.g., by incubating pertechnate, a reducing agent such as SNCl 2 , a buffer solution such as sodium-potassium phthalate solution, and the peptide.
- a reducing agent such as SNCl 2
- a buffer solution such as sodium-potassium phthalate solution
- Intermediary functional groups which are often used to bind radioisotopes which exist as metallic ions to peptides include diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA), DOTA, NOTA, porphyrin chelators and ethylene diaminetetracetic acid (EDTA). Also contemplated for use are fluorescent labels, including rhodamine, fluorescein isothiocyanate and renographin.
- DTPA diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid
- DOTA DOTA
- NOTA porphyrin chelators
- EDTA ethylene diaminetetracetic acid
- fluorescent labels including rhodamine, fluorescein isothiocyanate and renographin.
- the anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be linked to a secondary binding ligand or to an enzyme (an enzyme tag) that will generate a colored product upon contact with a chromogenic substrate.
- suitable enzymes include urease, alkaline phosphatase, (horseradish) hydrogen peroxidase and glucose oxidase.
- Preferred secondary binding ligands are biotin and avidin or streptavidin compounds. The use of such labels is well known to those of skill in the art in light and is described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos.
- anti-HIV antibody or fragments may be tagged with a fluorescent marker.
- photodetectable labels include Alexa 350, Alexa 430, AMCA, aminoacridine, BODIPY 630/650, BODIPY 650/665, BODIPY-FL, BODIPY-R6G, BODIPY-TMR, BODIPY-TRX, 5-carboxy-4′,5′-dichloro-2′,7′-dimethoxy fluorescein, 5-carboxy-2′,4′,5′,7′-tetrachlorofluorescein, 5-carboxyfluorescein, 5-carboxyrhodamine, 6-carboxyrhodamine, 6-carboxytetramethyl amino, Cascade Blue, Cy2, Cy3, Cy5,6-FAM, dansyl chloride, Fluorescein, HEX, 6-JOE, NBD (7-nitrobenz-2-oxa-1,3-diazole), Oregon Green 4
- Chemiluminescent labeling compounds of use may include luminol, isoluminol, an aromatic acridinium ester, an imidazole, an acridinium salt and an oxalate ester, or a bioluminescent compound such as luciferin, luciferase and aequorin.
- labels of use may comprise metal nanoparticles.
- Methods of preparing nanoparticles are known. (See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,054,495; 6,127,120; 6,149,868; Lee and Meisel, J. Phys. Chem. 86:3391-3395, 1982.) Nanoparticles may also be obtained from commercial sources (e.g., Nanoprobes Inc., Yaphank, N.Y.; Polysciences, Inc., Warrington, Pa.). Modified nanoparticles are available commercially, such as Nanogold® nanoparticles from Nanoprobes, Inc. (Yaphank, N.Y.). Functionalized nanoparticles of use for conjugation to proteins or peptides may be commercially obtained.
- anti-HIV antibodies or fragments or other HIV targeting molecules may be labeled using various cross-linking reagents known in the art, such as homo-bifunctional, hetero-bifunctional and/or photoactivatable cross-linking reagents.
- Non-limiting examples of such reagents include bisimidates; 1,5-difluoro-2,4-(dinitrobenzene); N-hydroxysuccinimide ester of suberic acid; disuccinimidyl tartarate; dimethyl-3,3′-dithio-bispropionimidate; N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionate; 4-(bromoaminoethyl)-2-nitrophenylazide; and 4-azidoglyoxal.
- a carbodiimide cross-linker such as DCCD or EDC, may be used to cross-link acidic residues to amino or other groups.
- Such reagents may be modified to attach various types of labels, such as fluorescent labels.
- Bifunctional cross-linking reagents have been extensively used for a variety of purposes. Homobifunctional reagents that carry two identical functional groups proved to be highly efficient in inducing cross-linking between identical and different macromolecules or subunits of a macromolecule, and linking of polypeptide ligands to their specific binding sites. Heterobifunctional reagents contain two different functional groups. By taking advantage of the differential reactivities of the two different functional groups, cross-linking can be controlled both selectively and sequentially.
- the bifunctional cross-linking reagents can be divided according to the specificity of their functional groups, e.g., amino, sulfhydryl, guanidino, indole, carboxyl specific groups.
- reagents directed to free amino groups have become especially popular because of their commercial availability, ease of synthesis and the mild reaction conditions under which they can be applied.
- a majority of heterobifunctional cross-linking reagents contains a primary amine-reactive group and a thiol-reactive group.
- heterobifunctional cross-linking reagents and methods of using the cross-linking reagents are described (U.S. Pat. No. 5,889,155, incorporated herein by reference).
- the cross-linking reagents combine a nucleophilic hydrazide residue with an electrophilic maleimide residue, allowing coupling in one example, of aldehydes to free thiols.
- the cross-linking reagent can be modified to cross-link various functional groups.
- murine monoclonal antibody (Mab) against the envelope antigen of HIV (P4/D10) was conjugated with the conventional anti-cancer drug, doxorubicin, and tested against infectious virus and infected cells, both in vitro and in vivo.
- P4/D10 antibody was incubated with free virus (neutralization) or HIV-infected cells (inhibition) and the resulting infection was measured by a p24 capture enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay.
- free virus neutralization
- HIV-infected cells inhibition
- a p24 capture enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay In an HIV-1/MuLV mouse challenge model the ability of the conjugate to inhibit infection in vivo was measured.
- Doxorubicin-conjugated P4/D10 neutralized HIV-1 IIIB and eliminated intercellular spread and HIV replication in infected Jurkat cells in vitro. It also protected mice from challenge with HIV-1 IIIB /MuLV at an eight-fold lower concentration than needed for free antibody, whereas no effects were observed for free drug or irrelevant conjugate controls.
- the P4/D10 antibody conjugated to doxorubicin was tested in vitro for its efficacy in eliminating HIV-1-infected cells among non-infected cells and in a mouse model by removing HIV-1/MuLV (murine leukemia virus) infected syngeneic cells from the intraperitoneal cavity.
- the anti-gp120 antibody, P4/D10 neutralizes HIV-1 virus and mediates ADCC (Broliden et al., 1990). It has also been used in its unconjugated form in a phase-I clinical trial for late-stage HIV-1 infected individuals, where it decreased HIV antigens for an extended period of time (Hinkula et al., 1994).
- the present study was the first to examine the combination of P4/D10 in a drug-conjugated form in a preclinical HIV model, in comparison to free Mab, free drug, and the irrelevant antibodies hRS7 (Stein et al., Int J Cancer 1993, 55:938-946) and hLL1 Griffiths et al., Clin Cancer Res 2003, 9:6567-6571; Sapra et al., Clin Cancer Res 2005, 11:5257-5264), that were conjugated similarly with doxorubicin.
- antibodies P4/D10, hLL1 (humanized anti-CD74), and hRS7 (humanized anti-EGP-1) in a final concentration of approximately 9 mg/ml were mildly reduced with DTT (dithiothreitol) in PBS (pH 7.5) containing 5 mM EDTA, using about 2.2 mM final DTT concentration, corresponding to a 38-fold molar excess of the reductant with respect to the antibodies.
- the solutions were incubated at 37° C. for 40 min.
- the reduced Mabs were purified on spin-columns of SEPHADEX® G50/80 in 50 mM sodium acetate buffer containing 150 mM NaCl and 2 mM EDTA (pH 5.3).
- the number of thiol groups generated on the antibodies was determined by Ellman's assay.
- mildly reduced antibodies at 6.5 mg/ml were mixed with the bifunctional doxorubicin.
- the incubates were kept on ice for 15 min, and purified on spin columns of G50/80 in 0.1 M sodium acetate (pH 6.5), followed by passage through a short column of BIO-BEADSTM SM2 (Bio-Rad, Hercules, Calif.) equilibrated in the same buffer.
- the products were analyzed for doxorubicin/Mab substitution ratios by measuring absorbance. Size-exclusion HPLC analyses were performed on an analytical Bio-Sil 250 column.
- HIV infected patients (HIVIgG) (Guay et al. AIDS 2002, 16:1391-1400) was used as positive control and sera from HIV-negative individuals as negative controls.
- HIV-1 neutralization assay Doxorubicin P4/D10, unlabelled P4/D10, HIV immunoglobulin (HIVIgG), and HIV-negative serum were mixed with the HIV-1 isolate HIV-IIIB (LAI) and incubated for 1 h at 37° C. before 50,000 Jurkat T-cells/well were added. After 1 h of incubation, the cells were washed with medium and new complete medium added (200 ⁇ l/well). After 7 days of culture, the amount of p24 produced was measured by a p24 capture ELISA (enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay) and the percent inhibition of HIV-1 p24 production was calculated.
- LAI HIV-1 isolate HIV-IIIB
- Jurkat T-cells were infected with HIV-1 IIIB by mixing 5-10 ⁇ 10 6 cells with 100 ⁇ TCID 50 HIV-1 IIIB and incubating for 1 h at 37° C. The cells were washed in medium and incubated at 37° C. Every third day, medium was changed and supernatant checked for p24 production. When close to 100% of the cells were infected, different proportions of HIV-1 IIIB -infected cells were mixed with uninfected cells. The cells were treated with serial dilutions of antibodies, serum, or free doxorubicin from 100 to 0.00001 ⁇ g/ml.
- HIV-1 p24 inhibition was measured and supernatants from cells previously treated with 0.1-10 ⁇ g/ml of doxorubicin-P4/D10, unconjugated P4/D10, and 0.05-0.5 mg/ml HIV-negative serum were collected and transferred to fresh Jurkat T-cells to test if infectious HIV was identified by the p24 ELISA at days 3, 7, 10, 12, and 15 after initiation of the culture.
- a human T-cell line, CEM-1B, with a genetically integrated MuLV genome was infected with HIV-1IIIB, which led to the production of pseudoviruses with the HIV-1 genome and the MuLV envelope (Adang et al., PNAS USA 1999, 96:12749-753; Hinkula et al., Cells Tissues Organs 2004, 177:169-184).
- These virus supernatants were used to infect splenocytes from C57Bl/6 ⁇ DBA F1 K b/d mice transgenic for HLA-A201. Isogenic mice were challenged with HIV-1 IIIB /MuLV infected splenocytes i.p.
- mice were sacrificed and peritoneal cells collected. Peritoneal cells were pelleted and added to 1 ⁇ 10 6 HIV susceptible Jurkat T-cells or human PBMC grown in 24-well plates. From these secondary cultures, supernatant was removed and fresh medium added every 3-4 days. The amount of infectious HIV recovered in the supernatant was measured for 3 weeks by p24 ELISA.
- mice When mice were treated with 100 g of unconjugated P4/D10 antibody, all were positive for p24 production. Complete protection by antibody alone was seen only when the dose was increased eight-fold, to 800 ⁇ g unconjugated P4/D10 per mouse. None of the doxorubicin-conjugated control antibodies (hLL1 or hRS7) provided any protection at doses of 100-200 ⁇ g, nor did doses of 100-400 ⁇ g of free doxorubicin.
- Doxorubicin-P4/D10 was capable of eliminating HIV-1 infected cells in vitro, as well as in an experimental in vivo challenge model.
- the ability of the unconjugated P4/D10 Mab to mediate ADCC against HIV-1 infected target cells as well as neutralizing HIV-1 may enhance its efficacy as a drug immunoconjugate in a non-toxic manner.
- An anticancer anti-CD74 Mab, LL1, conjugated similarly to doxorubicin, has at very low doses shown remarkable activity in vitro and in human xenograft models of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma or multiple myeloma (Griffiths et al., 2003; Sapra et al., 2005). These studies, as well as toxicology in monkeys, indicated that only very high doses of the immunoconjugate would result in evidence of bone marrow suppression, but no cardiac toxicity related to doxorubicin was observed (Sapra et al., 2005). To avoid virus escape, antibodies directed against both conserved and variable sites of accessible epitopes of HIV should be tested together (Trkola et al., 2005; Ferrantelli et al., J Infect Dis 2004, 189:2167-2173).
- PE40-CD4 The toxicity of PE40-CD4 might be explained by formation of toxic complexes with free gp120, which is present in high concentrations in non-ART treated patients with high viral load (Berger et al., 1998).
- molecules targeting HIV-envelope-specific epitopes should preferably be used in the setting when viral burden is low, such as during ART, early in HIV infection or even shortly after a known or potential exposure to infection with HIV.
- health care workers exposed to accidental needle stick with HIV-contaminated or potentially contaminated blood or other fluids may be treated with a conjugated antibody according to the disclosed methods.
- compositions and methods are not limited to a doxorubicin conjugate of P4/D10, but rather may utilize other known cytotoxic agents conjugated to P4/D10 or to other known anti-HIV antibodies.
- bispecific antibodies and other pretargeting strategies may be used, in which antibody targeting and delivery of the toxic agent are separated (Wu et al., 2005).
- This strategy has shown promising results both in preclinical and in clinical cancer trials (Forero et al., Blood 2004, 104:227-236; Rossi et al., Clin Cancer Res 2005, 11:7122s-7129s).
- human or humanized forms of antibody for repeated clinical use are preferred.
- a 47-year old male patient is determined to be seropositive for HIV.
- the patient has a CD4 count of less than 200/mm 3 .
- the patient is treated with a standard regimen of the non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor nevirapine.
- CD4 cell count improves to 300/mm 3 , but the patient is still seropositive for HIV.
- the patient is treated with humanized doxorubicin-P4/D10 antibody.
- the patient's CD4 count improves to over 350/mm 3 and the patient is no longer seropositive for HIV.
- One year later, the patient remains asymptomatic and there is no detectable presence of HIV infection.
- a 30-year old nurse practitioner is exposed to an accidental needle stick with HIV positive blood. Within 1 hour, the subject is treated with humanized doxorubicin-P4/D10 antibody. One year later, there is no sign of HIV infection in the subject.
- a 28-year old male patient is determined to be seropositive for HIV.
- the patient has a CD4 count of less than 200/mm 3 .
- the patient is treated with a standard regimen of the non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor nevirapine.
- CD4 cell count improves to 300/mm 3 , but the patient is still seropositive for HIV.
- the patient is treated with a bispecific antibody comprising a humanized 4E10 Fab-734 scFv, prepared using methods disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,052,872 (incorporated herein by reference).
- a 24 hour incubation after injection was used to allow free bispecific antibody to clear from circulation, followed by injection of 5-fluorouracil conjugated to targeting peptide IMP-156 (Id.).
- the patient's CD4 count improves to over 350/mm 3 and the patient is no longer seropositive for HIV.
- One year later the patient remains asymptomatic and there is no detectable presence of HIV infection.
- a 35-year old male patient is determined to be seropositive for HIV.
- the patient has a CD4 count of less than 180/mm 3 .
- the patient is treated with a standard regimen of the non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor nevirapine.
- CD4 cell count improves to 250/mm 3 , but the patient is still seropositive for HIV.
- the patient is treated with a bispecific antibody comprising a bispecific anti-gp120 P4/D10 IgG1 ⁇ Fab-679, prepared by the DNL technique using methods disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 11/389,358, 11/391,584, 11/478,021 and 11/633,729, incorporated herein by reference.
- cDNAs encoding the VL and VH regions of a mouse monoclonal antibody against HIV envelope protein are isolated and separately recombinantly subcloned into mammalian expression vectors containing the genes encoding kappa and IgG 1 constant regions, respectively, of human antibodies. Cotransfection of mammalian cells with these two recombinant DNAs results in expression of a humanized Mab that has the same binding and therapeutic characteristics of the parent mouse Mab.
- the CDRs of the VK and VH DNAs are recombinantly linked to the framework (FR) sequences of the human VK and VH regions, respectively, which are subsequently linked, respectively, to the human kappa and IgG 1 constant regions, so as to express in mammalian cells.
- FR framework
- chimeric Mabs are formed by joining or subcloning murine VK and VH regions to human constant light and heavy chains, respectively, while “humanized” Mabs are further derivatized by replacing the murine framework (FR) sequences in the chimeric Mab with the corresponding human FR sequences.
- the humanized Mab may be further optimized by replacement of one or more human FR amino acids with corresponding murine FR amino acids, particularly for FR residues touching or close to the CDR amino acid residues.
- antibody variable domains can be modeled by computer modeling (see, for example, Dion, “Humanization of Monoclonal Antibodies: Molecular Approaches and Applications,” in Goldenberg et al. eds., Cancer Therapy With Radiolabeled Antibodies, Ch. 19, CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla., 1994), which is incorporated herein by reference.
- 3-D structure for Mabs are best modeled by homology, preferably following identification of human FR sequences showing high (over 75%, preferably over 85%, more preferably over 90%, more preferably over 95%) homology with the murine FR sequences to be replaced.
- side group replacements should be performed so as to maintain the torsion angle between C ⁇ and C ⁇ .
- Energy minimization may be accomplished by the AMBER forcefield (Weiner et al, J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 106: 765, 1984) using the convergent method.
- Potentially critical FR-CDR interactions can be determined by initially modeling the light and heavy variable chains. All murine FR residues within a 4.5 angstrom radius of all atoms within each CDR can thereby be identified and retained in the final design model of the humanized antibody.
- CDR engrafting can be accomplished by gene synthesis using long synthetic DNA oligonucleotides as templates and short oligonucleotides as primers in a PCR reaction.
- the DNA encoding the VK or VH domain will be approximately 350 bp long.
- a unique restriction site may easily be introduced, without changing the encoded amino acids, at regions close to the middle of the V gene DNA sequence. Two long non-overlapping single-stranded DNA oligonucleotides about.
- DNA oligonucleotide synthesizer Cyclone Plus DNA Synthesizer, Milligen-Biosearch. As the yields of full length DNA oligonucleotides may be expected to be low, they can be amplified by two pairs of flanking primers in a PCR reaction.
- the primers can be designed with the necessary restriction sites to facilitate subsequent subcloning.
- Primers for oligo A and for oligo B should contain overlapping sequence at the restriction site so that the resultant PCR product for oligo A and B, respectively, can be joined in-frame at the restriction site to form a full length DNA sequence (ca 350 bp) encoding the VH domain.
- the ligation of the PCR products for oligo A and B and their subcloning into appropriate restriction sites of the staging vector can be completed in a single three-fragment-ligation step.
- the subcloning of the correct sequence into the staging vector can be first analyzed by restriction digestion analysis and subsequently confirmed by sequencing reaction according to Sanger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74: 5463 (1977).
- a restriction fragment containing the Ig promoter, leader sequence and the VH sequence can be excised from the staging vector and subcloned to the corresponding sites in a pSVgpt-based vector, which contains the genomic sequence of the human IgG constant region, an Ig enhancer and a gpt selection marker, forming the final expression vector. Similar strategies can be employed for the construction of the VK sequence.
- the DNA sequence containing the Ig promoter, leader sequence and the anti-HIV VK sequence can be excised from the staging vector by treatment with appropriate endonucleases, and can be subcloned into the corresponding sites of a pSVhyg-based vector, pKh, which contains the genomic sequence of human kappa chain constant regions, a hygromycin selection marker, an Ig and a kappa enhancer, forming the final expression vector.
- VH and VK chains of the anti-HIV Mab can be obtained by PCR cloning using DNA products and primers. Orlandi et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 1989, 86: 3833), and Leung et al. (BioTechniques, 1993, 15:286).
- the VK PCR primers may be subcloned into a pBR327 based staging vector (VKpBR) as described above.
- the VH PCR products may be subcloned into a similar pBluescript-based staging vector (VHpBS) as described above.
- the fragments containing the VK and VH sequences, along with the promoter and signal peptide sequences, can be excised from the staging vectors using appropriate restriction endonucleases.
- the VK fragments (about 600 bp) can be subcloned into a mammalian expression vector (for example, pKh) conventionally.
- pKh is a pSVhyg-based expression vector containing the genomic sequence of the human kappa constant region.
- the about 800 bp VH fragments can be subcloned into pG1g, a pSVgpt-based expression vector carrying the genomic sequence of the human IgG1 constant region, an Ig enhancer and the xanthine-guanine phosphoribosyl transferase (gpt) gene.
- the two plasmids may be transfected into mammalian expression cells, such as Sp2/O—Ag14 cells, by electroporation and selected for hygromycin resistance.
- Colonies surviving selection are expanded, and supernatant fluids monitored for production of chimeric anti-HIV Mab by an ELISA method.
- a transfection efficiency of about 1-10 ⁇ 10 6 cells is desirable.
- An antibody expression level of between 0.10 and 2.5 ⁇ g/ml can be expected with this system.
- RNA isolation, cDNA synthesis, and amplification can be carried out as follows.
- Total cell RNA can be prepared from a anti-HIV hybridoma cell line, using a total of about 10 7 cells, according to Sambrook et al., (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Second ed., Cold Spring Harbor Press, 1989), which is incorporated by reference.
- First strand cDNA can be reverse transcribed from total RNA conventionally, such as by using the SUPERSCRIPT® preamplification system (Gibco/BRL., Gaithersburg, Md.).
- RNAs in a reaction volume of 20 al, 50 ng of random primers can be annealed to 5 g of RNAs in the presence of 2 ⁇ l of 10 ⁇ synthesis buffer [200 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.4), 500 mM KCl, 25 mM MgCl 2 , 1 mg/ml BSA], 1 ⁇ l of 10 mM dNTP mix, 2 ⁇ l of 0.1 M DTT, and 200 units of SUPERSCRIPT® reverse transcriptase.
- the elongation step is initially allowed to proceed at room temperature for 10 min followed by incubation at 42° C. for 50 min.
- the reaction can be terminated by heating the reaction mixture at 90° C. for 5 min.
- VK and VH sequences for chimeric or human anti-HIV Mab can amplified by PCR as described by Orlandi et al., (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 86: 3833 (1989)) which is incorporated by reference.
- VK sequences may be amplified using the primers CK3BH and VK5-3 (Leung et al., BioTechniques, 15: 286 (1993), which is incorporated by reference), while VH sequences can be amplified using the primer CH1B which anneals to the CH1 region of murine 1gG, and VHIBACK (Orlandi et al., 1989).
- the PCR reaction mixtures containing 10 ⁇ l of the first strand cDNA product, 9 ⁇ l of 10 ⁇ PCR buffer [500 mM KCl, 100 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.3), 15 mM MgCl2, and 0.01% (w/v) gelatin] can be subjected to 30 cycles of PCR.
- Each PCR cycle preferably consists of denaturation at 94° C. for 1 min, annealing at 50° C. for 1.5 min, and polymerization at 72° C. for 1.5 min.
- Amplified VK and VH fragments can be purified on 2% agarose (BioRad, Richmond, Calif.).
- PCR products for VK can be subcloned into a staging vector, such as a pBR327-based staging vector VKpBR that contains an Ig promoter, a signal peptide sequence and convenient restriction sites to facilitate in-frame ligation of the VK PCR products.
- PCR products for VH can be subcloned into a similar staging vector, such as the pBluescript-based VHpBS. Individual clones containing the respective PCR products may be sequenced by, for example, the method of Sanger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 74: 5463 (1977) which is incorporated by reference.
- the two plasmids can be co-transfected into an appropriate cell, e.g., myeloma Sp2/O—Ag14, colonies selected for hygromycin resistance, and supernatant fluids monitored for production of chimeric or humanized anti-HIV antibodies by, for example, an ELISA assay.
- an appropriate cell e.g., myeloma Sp2/O—Ag14, colonies selected for hygromycin resistance, and supernatant fluids monitored for production of chimeric or humanized anti-HIV antibodies by, for example, an ELISA assay.
- Transfection and assay for antibody secreting clones by ELISA can be carried out as follows. About 10 ⁇ g of light chain expression vector and 20 ⁇ g of heavy chain expression vector can be used for the transfection of 5 ⁇ 10 6 SP2/O myeloma cells by electroporation (BioRad, Richmond, Calif.) according to Co et al., J. Immunol., 148: 1149 (1992) which is incorporated by reference. Following transfection, cells may be grown in 96-well microtiter plates in complete HSFM medium (GIBCO, Gaithersburg, Md.) at 37° C., 5% CO 2 .
- the selection process can be initiated after two days by the addition of hygromycin selection medium (Calbiochem, San Diego, Calif.) at a final concentration of 500 g/ml of hygromycin. Colonies typically emerge 2-3 weeks post-electroporation. The cultures can then be expanded for further analysis.
- hygromycin selection medium Calbiochem, San Diego, Calif.
- Transfectoma clones that are positive for the secretion of chimeric or humanized heavy chain can be identified by ELISA assay. Briefly, supernatant samples (100 ⁇ l) from transfectoma cultures are added in triplicate to ELISA microtiter plates precoated with goat anti-human (GAH)-IgG, F(ab′) 2 fragment-specific antibody (Jackson ImmunoResearch, West Grove, Pa.). Plates are incubated for 1 h at room temperature. Unbound proteins are removed by washing three times with wash buffer (PBS containing 0.05% polysorbate 20).
- wash buffer PBS containing 0.05% polysorbate 20
- HRP horseradish peroxidase conjugated GAH-IgG, Fc fragment-specific antibodies
- reaction is stopped by the addition of 50 ⁇ l of 4 N HCl solution into each well before measuring absorbance at 490 nm in an automated ELISA reader (Bio-Tek instruments, Winooski, Vt.). Bound chimeric antibodies are than determined relative to an irrelevant chimeric antibody standard (obtainable from Scotgen, Ltd., Edinburg, Scotland).
- Antibodies can be isolated from cell culture media as follows. Transfectoma cultures are adapted to serum-free medium. For production of chimeric antibody, cells are grown as a 500 ml culture in roller bottles using HSFM. Cultures are centrifuged and the supernatant filtered through a 0.2 micron membrane. The filtered medium is passed through a protein A column (1 ⁇ 3 cm) at a flow rate of 1 ml/min. The resin is then washed with about 10 column volumes of PBS and protein A-bound antibody is eluted from the column with 0.1 M glycine buffer (pH 3.5) containing 10 mM EDTA.
- 0.1 M glycine buffer pH 3.5
- Fractions of 1.0 ml are collected in tubes containing 10 ⁇ l of 3 M Tris (pH 8.6), and protein concentrations determined from the absorbancies at 280/260 nm. Peak fractions are pooled, dialyzed against PBS, and the antibody concentrated, for example, with the CENTRICON® 30 (Amicon, Beverly, Mass.). The antibody concentration is determined by ELISA, as before, and its concentration adjusted to about 1 mg/ml using PBS. Sodium azide, 0.01% (w/v), is conveniently added to the sample as preservative.
- Comparative binding affinities of the mouse, chimeric and humanized antibodies thus isolated may be determined by direct radioimmunoassay.
- the chimeric and humanized anti-HIV antibodies are determined to have the same binding specificity and affinity as the mouse Mab.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- AIDS & HIV (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Mycology (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention concerns methods and compositions for treatment of HIV infection in a subject. The compositions may comprise a targeting molecule against an HIV antigen, such as an anti-HIV antibody or antibody fragment. The anti-HIV antibody or fragment may be conjugated to a variety of cytotoxic agents, such as doxorubicin. In a preferred embodiment, the antibody or fragment is P4/D10. Other embodiments may concern methods of imaging, detection or diagnosis of HIV infection in a subject using an anti-HIV antibody or fragment conjugated to a diagnostic agent. In alternative embodiments, a bispecific antibody with at least one binding site for an HIV antigen and at least one binding site for a carrier molecule may be administered, optionally followed by a clearing agent, followed by administration of a carrier molecule conjugated to a therapeutic agent.
Description
- This application is a divisional of U.S. application Ser. No. 14/695,729, filed Apr. 24, 2015, which was a divisional of U.S. application Ser. No. 14/187,549 (now abandoned), filed Feb. 24, 2014, which was a divisional of U.S. application Ser. No. 13/675,422 (now U.S. Pat. No. 8,697,080), filed Nov. 13, 2012, which was a divisional of U.S. application Ser. No. 11/745,692 (now U.S. Pat. No. 8,333,971), filed May 8, 2007, which claimed the benefit under 35 C.F.R. §119(e) to provisional application Ser. No. 60/800,342, filed May 15, 2006, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- Field of the Invention
- The present invention concerns methods and compositions for treating and in preferred embodiments eliminating human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) in infected subjects. In particular embodiments, the compositions and methods concern targeting molecules, such as antibodies or antibody fragments against HIV antigens, for example against HIV envelope antigen. In more particular embodiments, the antibodies or antibody fragments may be conjugated to one or more agents, such as therapeutic agents, diagnostic agents, virostatic agents and/or cytotoxic agents, including but not limited to chemotherapeutic agents such as doxorubicin. In alternative embodiments, bispecific or multispecific antibodies or fragments thereof may be used, with one or more binding sites directed towards HIV antigen(s) and one or more binding sites with affinity for a carrier molecule to which cytotoxic, virostatic or other therapeutic and/or diagnostic agents may be attached.
- Description of Related Art
- Despite encouraging advances in the treatment of human immunodeficiency virus-1 (HIV-1) with anti-retroviral therapy (ART), analyses of peripheral blood and lymph nodes have documented the presence of persistent reservoirs of resting T cells which harbor latent provirus that can activate spontaneously even years after the termination of therapy (Berger et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 1998, 95:11511-11513; Blankson et al., Annu Rev Med 2002, 53:557-593).
- Binding and neutralizing antibodies can prevent attachment of free virus to the cellular receptor, they can bind to the viral surface, and they can induce complement-mediated virolysis of free virions (Parren et al., AIDS 1999, 13[Suppl A]:5137-162). Antibodies may also mediate killing of infected cells by antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC), by coupling NK-cells to infected target cells (Broliden et al., J Virol 1990, 64:936-940). However, the use of anti-viral antibodies alone as part of an immunotherapy of patients infected with HIV has not fulfilled its initial promise (Hinkula et al., J Acquir Immune Defic Syndr 1994, 7:940-951; Trkola et al., Nat Med 2005, 11:615-622).
- Attempts have been made to use various viral or cellular components as targets for antibody delivery of therapeutic agents to HIV-infected cells (Davey et al., J Infect Dis 1994, 170:1180-1188; Pincus et al., J Immunol 2003, 170:2236-2241; Ramachandran et al., J Infect Dis 1994, 170:1009-1013; Saavedra-Lozano et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2004, 101:2494-2499). Similar immunotoxins have proved promising in cancer patients (Wu and Senter, Nat Biotechnol 2005, 23:1137-1146). However, a need exists for more effective methods and compositions for treatment of HIV-infected cells.
- The present invention fulfills an unresolved need in the art by providing methods and compositions for inhibiting, suppressing, detecting, identifying, localizing and/or eliminating HIV-infected cells. In certain embodiments, the compositions and/or methods may concern targeting molecules against HIV antigens. Such targeting molecules may include, but are not limited to, peptides, antibodies, humanized antibodies, chimeric antibodies, human antibodies or fragments of any such antibodies, and/or antibody analogs. In certain embodiments, the targeting molecules may be unconjugated, for example “naked” antibodies or antibody fragments. In other embodiments, the targeting molecules may be conjugated to one or more therapeutic and/or diagnostic agents. Such agents may include, but are not limited to, a drug, prodrug, virostatic agent, toxin, enzyme, oligonucleotide, radioisotope, radionuclide, immunomodulator, cytokine, label, fluorescent label, luminescent label, paramagnetic label, Mill label, micelle, liposome, nanoparticle, or combination thereof. In particular embodiments, conjugated anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be administered in vivo to patients with a known or suspected HIV infection. Such administration may block or prevent infection of patient cells with HIV, may reduce or eliminate HIV-infected cells in the patient, and/or may reduce or eliminate residual foci of HIV-infected cells in patients treated previously and/or simultaneously with other known anti-retroviral therapies.
- Other embodiments concern methods and/or compositions for treating subjects, such as subjects infected with HIV, SIV, other retroviruses. Subjects may include, but are not limited to, humans, animals, cats, dogs, cows, sheep, goats, horses, and mammals. The methods and compositions may comprise one or more naked or conjugated targeting molecules to be administered to a subject. In preferred embodiments, the targeting molecules are antibodies or antibody fragments, including any variation of chimeric, humanized or human antibodies or fragments. Administration may be by any route known in the art, such as oral, nasal, buccal, inhalational, rectal, vaginal or topical. Alternatively, administration may be by orthotopic, intradermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intraarterial, intrathecal or intravenous injection.
- The skilled artisan will realize that one or more HIV targeting molecules, either conjugated or unconjugated, may be administered alone or alternatively in conjunction with other known therapeutic treatments for HIV infection, such as azidothymidine, other nucleoside/nucleotide reverse transcriptase inhibitors, non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors, HIV protease inhibitors and/or fusion inhibitors. In certain embodiments, the conjugated HIV targeting molecules may be used in combination with HAART (highly active anti-retroviral therapy). Many anti-HIV therapeutic agents are known in the art and any such known agent may be used, including but not limited to efavirenz, azidothymidine, tenofovir, lamivudine, emtricitabine, didanosine, abacavir, stavudine, nevirapine, lopinavir, ritonavir, atazanavir, fosamprenavir, indinavir, nelfinavir, saquinavir, alone or in any combination.
- In some embodiments, anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be administered as part of a bispecific or multispecific antibody complex, with at least one binding site for the HIV antigen and a second binding site for a second target, such as a hapten or carrier molecule. In other embodiments, anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be covalently attached to or provided as a fusion protein with an antibody, antibody fragment, monoclonal antibody, Fc fragment, Fc-binding protein or antibody binding protein.
- In various embodiments, anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be covalently or non-covalently attached to various moieties by methods well known in the art, such as the use of covalent cross-linking reagents. Many such agents, such as carbodiimides, bisimidates, N-hydroxysuccinimide ester of suberic acid, dimethyl-3,3′-dithio-bispropionimidate, azidoglyoxal, 1,5-difluoro-2,4-(dinitrobenzene) and other cross-linkers of use for proteins and/or peptides are known and may be used.
- In other embodiments, the anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be used as adjuncts for diagnosis and/or imaging purposes. For example, anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be tagged with any known contrast or detection agent or may be detected using any known methodologies, such as ELISA, etc. The anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be used ex vivo, for example by immunohistochemistry of tissue sections, to detect residual HIV infection. Alternatively, anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be administered to a subject for in vivo detection of tissues infected with HIV. Such compositions and methods may be used to detect and/or diagnose the presence of HIV infection, to monitor for residual HIV infection after therapy, and/or to monitor the effectiveness of anti-HIV therapy.
- The following drawings form part of the present specification and are included to further demonstrate certain aspects of particular embodiments of the invention. The embodiments may be better understood by reference to one or more of these drawings in combination with the detailed description presented herein.
-
FIG. 1A . HIV-1IIIB neutralization of HIV infection in vitro. The neutralizing capacities of the immunoglobulins were tested by incubating different concentrations of the immunoglobulins with HIV-1IIIB and then assaying the viral infection of HIV susceptible Jurkat T-cells. Both 10 μg/ml doxorubicin-P4/D10 and unlabelled P4/D10 neutralized HIV-1IIIB significantly better than HIV negative sera (p=0.001). -
FIG. 1B . HIV-1IIIB inhibition of intercellular spread of HIV infection in vitro. To test whether the immunoglobulins could limit the intercellular spread of HIV-1 infection Jurkat T-cells were mixed in the proportions 0.2%, 1%, 3%, and 5% infected and 99.8%, 99%, 97%, and 95% uninfected cells. The HIV-1 p24 production after treating 3% Jurkat T-cells infected with HIV-1IIIB and 97% uninfected cells with different concentrations of immunoglobulins is shown. The results are shown as percent inhibition of p24 production after 7 days in culture. Doxorubicin-P4/D10 had a significantly better inhibiting effect on production of HIV-1 p24 compared to unlabelled P4/D10, control antibody doxorubicin-LL1, free doxorubicin and HIV-negative serum at a concentration of 0.5 or 0.05 μg/ml (p=0.002). -
FIG. 2 . Protection against HIV-1/MuLV infection in vivo. Mice (6-12/group) were challenged i.p. with HIV-1/MuLV infected splenocytes and immediately treated with monoclonal antibodies (Mab) or free doxorubicin. Unconjugated P4/D10 Mab was titrated 100-800 μg per mouse, free doxorubicin 100-400 μg and irrelevant doxorubicin-hRS7 100-200 μg. All other treatments were given at 100 μg per mouse. Ten days after challenge, peritoneal cells were collected and mixed with HIV susceptible Jurkat T-cells. HIV p24 production in these cell cultures was measured every 3-4 days for 18 days. Percent of mice with a p24 positive cell culture after treatment with 100 μg of Mab or free doxorubicin is shown. Only cells from mice treated with 100 μg doxorubicin-P4/D10 contained no infectious HIV, which was significantly different (p=0.0001) from all other groups. - All documents, or portions of documents, cited in this application, including but not limited to patents, patent applications, articles, books, and treatises, are hereby expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- As used herein, “a” or “an” may mean one or more than one of an item.
- As used herein, the terms “and” and “or” may be used to mean either the conjunctive or disjunctive. That is, both terms should be understood as equivalent to “and/or” unless otherwise stated.
- As used herein, “about” means within plus or minus ten percent of a number. For example, “about 100” would be mean any number between 90 and 110.
- An “antibody”, as described herein, refers to a full-length (i.e., naturally occurring or formed by normal immunoglobulin gene fragment recombinatorial processes) immunoglobulin molecule (e.g., an IgG antibody) or an immunologically active (i.e., specifically binding) portion or analog of an immunoglobulin molecule, like an antibody fragment.
- An “antibody fragment” is a portion of an antibody such as F(ab)2, F(ab′)2, Fab, Fv, sFv, and the like. Regardless of structure, an antibody fragment binds with the same antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody. The term “antibody fragment” also includes any synthetic or genetically engineered protein that acts like an antibody by binding to a specific antigen to form a complex. For example, antibody fragments include isolated fragments consisting of the variable regions, such as the “Fv” fragments consisting of the variable regions of the heavy and light chains, recombinant single chain polypeptide molecules in which light and heavy variable regions are connected by a peptide linker (“scFv proteins”), and minimal recognition (CDR) units consisting of the amino acid residues that mimic the hypervariable region.
- A “therapeutic agent” is an atom, molecule, or compound that is useful in the treatment of a disease. Examples of therapeutic agents include antibodies, antibody fragments, drugs, virostatic agents, toxins, enzymes, nucleases, hormones, immunomodulators, antisense oligonucleotides, small interfering RNA (siRNA), chelators, boron compounds, photoactive agents, dyes, and radioisotopes. Other exemplary therapeutic agents and methods of use are disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 20050002945, 20040018557, 20030148409 and 20050014207, each incorporated herein by reference.
- A “neutralizing antibody” or “neutralizing antibody fragment” is used herein to refer to an antibody or fragment that reacts with an infectious agent (such as a virus) and destroys or inhibits its infectivity and/or virulence.
- A “diagnostic agent” is an atom, molecule, or compound that is useful in diagnosing a disease. Useful diagnostic agents include, but are not limited to, radioisotopes, dyes (such as with the biotin-streptavidin complex), contrast agents, fluorescent compounds or molecules, and enhancing agents (e.g., paramagnetic ions) for magnetic resonance imaging (MM).
- An “immunoconjugate” is a conjugate of a binding molecule (e.g., an antibody component) with an atom, molecule, or a higher-ordered structure (e.g., with a carrier, a therapeutic agent, or a diagnostic agent).
- A “naked antibody” is an antibody that is not conjugated to any other agent.
- A “carrier” is an atom, molecule, or higher-ordered structure that is capable of associating with a therapeutic or diagnostic agent to facilitate delivery of such agent to a targeted cell. Carriers may include lipids (e.g., amphiphilic lipids that are capable of forming higher-ordered structures), polysaccharides (such as dextran), proteins, peptides, peptide analogs, peptide derivatives or other higher-ordered structures, such as micelles, liposomes, or nanoparticles. In certain embodiments, a carrier may be designed to be resistant to proteolytic or other enzymatic degradation, for example by substituting D-amino acids for naturally occurring L-amino acids in a protein or peptide.
- As used herein, the term “antibody fusion protein” refers to a recombinantly produced antigen-binding molecule in which two or more of the same or different scFv or antibody fragments with the same or different specificities are linked. Valency of the fusion protein indicates how many binding arms or sites the fusion protein has to a single antigen or epitope; i.e., monovalent, bivalent, trivalent or multivalent. The multivalency of the antibody fusion protein means that it can take advantage of multiple interactions in binding to an antigen, thus increasing the avidity of binding to the antigen. Specificity indicates how many antigens or epitopes an antibody fusion protein is able to bind; i.e., monospecific, bispecific, trispecific, multispecific. Using these definitions, a natural antibody, e.g., an IgG, is bivalent because it has two binding arms but is monospecific because it binds to one epitope. Monospecific, multivalent fusion proteins have more than one binding site for an epitope but only binds to one such epitope, for example a diabody with two binding site reactive with the same antigen. The fusion protein may comprise a single antibody component, a multivalent or multispecific combination of different antibody components, or multiple copies of the same antibody component. The fusion protein may additionally comprise an antibody or an antibody fragment and a therapeutic agent. Examples of therapeutic agents suitable for such fusion proteins include immunomodulators (“antibody-immunomodulator fusion protein”) and toxins (“antibody-toxin fusion protein”). One preferred toxin comprises a ribonuclease (RNase), preferably a recombinant RNase.
- A “bispecific antibody” is an antibody that can bind simultaneously to two targets of different structure. Bispecific antibodies and bispecific antibody fragments that are of particular interest have at least one arm that specifically binds to, for example, an HIV envelope protein and at least one other arm that specifically binds to a targetable conjugate that bears a therapeutic or diagnostic agent.
- An antibody or immunoconjugate preparation, or a composition described herein, is said to be administered in a “therapeutically effective amount” if the amount administered is physiologically significant. An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient mammal. In particular, an anti-HIV antibody preparation is physiologically significant if its presence reduces, inhibits or eliminates HIV-infected cells or reduces, inhibits or eliminates HIV infection of non-infected cells.
- A composition is said to be a “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient patient. Sterile phosphate-buffered saline is one example of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Other suitable carriers are well known to those in the art. See, for example, R
EMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES , 19th Ed. (Mack Publishing Co. 1995), and Goodman and Gilman's THE PHARMACOLOGICAL BASIS OF THERAPEUTICS (Goodman et al., Eds. Macmillan Publishing Co., New York, 1980 and 2001 editions). - Abbreviations used are:
- ABS, sodium acetate buffer containing 150 mM sodium chloride;
- ADCC, antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity;
- DTT, dithiothreitol;
- ELISA, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay;
- ART, anti-retroviral therapy;
- HIV, human immunodeficiency virus;
- Mab, monoclonal antibody;
- MuLV, Murine Leukemia Virus;
- PBMC, peripheral blood mononuclear cells;
- TCID50, 50% tissue culture infectious dose.
- Various embodiments may concern antibody ligands against one or more antigens or epitopes of HIV. In preferred embodiments, the antigen or epitope is one that is exposed on the surface of HIV-infected cells, such as the HIV envelope protein. Techniques for preparing and using various antibody-based constructs and fragments are well known in the art. Means for preparing and characterizing antibodies are also well known in the art (See, e.g., Harlowe and Lane, 1988, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory). Antibodies of use may also be commercially obtained from a wide variety of known sources. For example, a variety of antibody secreting hybridoma lines are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC, Manassas, Va.).
- Monoclonal Antibodies
- While preferred embodiments may concern the use of the P4/D10 antibody, other anti-HIV antibodies may be obtained, prepared and/or used. A variety of antibodies against HIV have been reported and in certain embodiments any such known anti-HIV antibody may be utilized. For example, 4E10 (Rosa et al., Immunity 2:163-73, 2005); 2F5 (Bryson et al., Protein and Peptide Letters, 8:413-18, 2001); 3D6 (Ruker et al., Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 646:212-19, 1991); C37 (Cao et al., DNA and Cell Biology, 12:836-41, 2004); 1ACY, 1F58, 1GGGC (Berry et al., Proteins, 45:281-82, 2001); 2G12 (Armbruster et al., J. Antimicrob. Chemother. 54:915-20, 2004), each incorporated herein by reference. In alternative embodiments, monoclonal antibodies may be readily prepared through use of well-known techniques, such as those exemplified in U.S. Pat. No. 4,196,265. Typically, this technique involves immunizing a suitable animal with a selected immunogen composition. Cells from rodents such as mice and rats are preferred. Mice are more preferred, with the BALB/c mouse being most preferred as this is most routinely used and generally gives a higher percentage of stable fusions.
- Following immunization, somatic cells with the potential for producing antibodies, specifically B-lymphocytes (B-cells), are selected for use in the Mab generating protocol. These cells may be obtained from biopsied spleens, tonsils or lymph nodes, or from a peripheral blood sample. Often, a panel of animals will have been immunized and the spleen of the animal with the highest antibody titer will be removed and the spleen lymphocytes obtained by homogenizing the spleen with a syringe. Typically, a spleen from an immunized mouse contains approximately 5×107 to 2×108 lymphocytes.
- The antibody-producing B-lymphocytes from the immunized animal are then fused with cells of an immortal myeloma cell, generally one of the same species as the animal that was immunized. Myeloma cell lines suited for use in hybridoma-producing fusion procedures preferably are non-antibody-producing, have high fusion efficiency, and enzyme deficiencies that render then incapable of growing in certain selective media which support the growth of only the desired fused cells (hybridomas).
- Any one of a number of myeloma cells may be used, as are known to those of skill in the art. For example, where the immunized animal is a mouse, one may use P3-X63/Ag8, P3-X63-Ag8.653, NS1/1.Ag 4 1, Sp210-Ag14, FO, NSO/U, MPC-11, MPC11-X45-GTG 1.7 and S194/5XX0 Bul; for rats, one may use R210.RCY3, Y3-Ag 1.2.3, IR983F and 4B210; and U-266, GM1500-GRG2, LICR-LON-HMy2 and UC729-6 are all useful in connection with cell fusions.
- Methods for generating hybrids of antibody-producing spleen or lymph node cells and myeloma cells usually comprise mixing somatic cells with myeloma cells in a 2:1 ratio, though the ratio may vary from about 20:1 to about 1:1, respectively, in the presence of an agent or agents (chemical or electrical) that promote the fusion of cell membranes. Fusion methods using Sendai virus, and those using polyethylene glycol (PEG), such as 37% (v/v) PEG, have been described. The use of electrically induced fusion methods is also appropriate.
- Fusion procedures usually produce viable hybrids at low frequencies, around 1×10−6 to 1×10−8. However, this does not pose a problem, as the viable, fused hybrids are differentiated from the parental, unfused cells (particularly the unfused myeloma cells that would normally continue to divide indefinitely) by culturing in a selective medium. The selective medium is generally one that contains an agent that blocks the de novo synthesis of nucleotides in the tissue culture media. Exemplary agents are aminopterin, methotrexate, and azaserine. Aminopterin and methotrexate block de novo synthesis of both purines and pyrimidines, whereas azaserine blocks only purine synthesis. Where aminopterin or methotrexate is used, the media is supplemented with hypoxanthine and thymidine as a source of nucleotides (HAT medium). Where azaserine is used, the media is supplemented with hypoxanthine.
- A preferred selection medium is HAT. Only cells capable of operating nucleotide salvage pathways are able to survive in HAT medium. The myeloma cells are defective in key enzymes of the salvage pathway, e.g., hypoxanthine phosphoribosyl transferase (HPRT), and they cannot survive. The B-cells can operate this pathway, but they have a limited life span in culture and generally die within about two wk. Therefore, the only cells that can survive in the selective media are those hybrids formed from myeloma and B-cells.
- This culturing provides a population of hybridomas from which specific hybridomas are selected. Typically, selection of hybridomas is performed by culturing the cells by single-clone dilution in microtiter plates, followed by testing the individual clonal supernatants (after about two to three wk) for the desired reactivity. The assay should be sensitive, simple and rapid, such as radioimmunoassays, enzyme immunoassays, cytotoxicity assays, plaque assays, dot immunobinding assays, and the like.
- The selected hybridomas would then be serially diluted and cloned into individual antibody-producing cell lines, which clones can then be propagated indefinitely to provide Mabs. The cell lines may be exploited for Mab production in two basic ways. A sample of the hybridoma can be injected (often into the peritoneal cavity) into a histocompatible animal of the type that was used to provide the somatic and myeloma cells for the original fusion. The injected animal develops tumors secreting the specific monoclonal antibody produced by the fused cell hybrid. The body fluids of the animal, such as serum or ascites fluid, can then be tapped to provide Mabs in high concentration. The individual cell lines also could be cultured in vitro, where the Mabs are naturally secreted into the culture medium from which they can be readily obtained in high concentrations. Mabs produced by either means may be further purified, if desired, using filtration, centrifugation, and various chromatographic methods such as HPLC or affinity chromatography.
- Production of Antibody Fragments
- Some embodiments of the claimed methods and/or compositions may concern antibody fragments. Such antibody fragments may be obtained by pepsin or papain digestion of whole antibodies by conventional methods. For example, antibody fragments may be produced by enzymatic cleavage of antibodies with pepsin to provide a 5S fragment denoted F(ab′)2. This fragment may be further cleaved using a thiol reducing agent and, optionally, a blocking group for the sulfhydryl groups resulting from cleavage of disulfide linkages, to produce 3.5S Fab′ monovalent fragments. Alternatively, an enzymatic cleavage using pepsin produces two monovalent Fab fragments and an Fc fragment. Exemplary methods for producing antibody fragments are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,036,945; U.S. Pat. No. 4,331,647; Nisonoff et al., 1960, Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 89:230; Porter, 1959, Biochem. J., 73:119; Edelman et al., 1967, METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY, page 422 (Academic Press), and Coligan et al. (eds.), 1991, CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN IMMUNOLOGY, (John Wiley & Sons).
- Other methods of cleaving antibodies, such as separation of heavy chains to form monovalent light-heavy chain fragments, further cleavage of fragments or other enzymatic, chemical or genetic techniques also may be used, so long as the fragments bind to the antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody. For example, Fv fragments comprise an association of VH and VL chains. This association can be noncovalent, as described in Inbar et al., 1972, Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA, 69:2659. Alternatively, the variable chains may be linked by an intermolecular disulfide bond or cross-linked by chemicals such as glutaraldehyde. See Sandhu, 1992, Crit. Rev. Biotech., 12:437.
- Preferably, the Fv fragments comprise VH and VL chains connected by a peptide linker. These single-chain antigen binding proteins (sFv) are prepared by constructing a structural gene comprising DNA sequences encoding the VH and VL domains, connected by an oligonucleotide linker sequence. The structural gene is inserted into an expression vector that is subsequently introduced into a host cell, such as E. coli. The recombinant host cells synthesize a single polypeptide chain with a linker peptide bridging the two V domains. Methods for producing sFvs are well-known in the art. See Whitlow et al., 1991, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2:97; Bird et al., 1988, Science, 242:423; U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778; Pack et al., 1993, Bio/Technology, 11:1271, and Sandhu, 1992, Crit. Rev. Biotech., 12:437.
- Another form of an antibody fragment is a peptide coding for a single complementarity-determining region (CDR). CDR peptides (“minimal recognition units”) can be obtained by constructing genes encoding the CDR of an antibody of interest. Such genes are prepared, for example, by using the polymerase chain reaction to synthesize the variable region from RNA of antibody-producing cells. See Larrick et al., 1991, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2:106; Ritter et al. (eds.), 1995, MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES: PRODUCTION, ENGINEERING AND CLINICAL APPLICATION, pages 166-179 (Cambridge University Press); Birch et al., (eds.), 1995, MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES: PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS, pages 137-185 (Wiley-Liss, Inc.)
- Chimeric and Humanized Antibodies
- A chimeric antibody is a recombinant protein in which the variable regions of, for example, a human antibody have been replaced by the variable regions of, for example, a mouse antibody, including the complementarity-determining regions (CDRs) of the mouse antibody. Chimeric antibodies exhibit decreased immunogenicity and increased stability when administered to a subject. Methods for constructing chimeric antibodies are well known in the art (e.g., Leung et al., 1994, Hybridoma 13:469).
- A chimeric monoclonal antibody may be humanized by transferring the mouse CDRs from the heavy and light variable chains of the mouse immunoglobulin into the corresponding variable domains of a human antibody. The mouse framework regions (FR) in the chimeric monoclonal antibody are also replaced with human FR sequences. To preserve the stability and antigen specificity of the humanized monoclonal, one or more human FR residues may be replaced by the mouse counterpart residues. Humanized monoclonal antibodies may be used for therapeutic treatment of subjects. The affinity of humanized antibodies for a target may also be increased by selected modification of the CDR sequences (WO0029584A1). Techniques for production of humanized monoclonal antibodies are well known in the art. (See, e.g., Jones et al., 1986, Nature, 321:522; Riechmann et al., Nature, 1988, 332:323; Verhoeyen et al., 1988, Science, 239:1534; Carter et al., 1992, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA, 89:4285; Sandhu, Crit. Rev. Biotech., 1992, 12:437; Tempest et al., 1991, Biotechnology 9:266; Singer et al., J. Immun., 1993, 150:2844.)
- Other embodiments may concern non-human primate antibodies. General techniques for raising therapeutically useful antibodies in baboons may be found, for example, in Goldenberg et al., WO 91/11465 (1991), and in Losman et al., Int. J. Cancer 46: 310 (1990).
- Human Antibodies
- In another embodiment, an antibody may be a human monoclonal antibody. Such antibodies may be obtained from transgenic mice that have been engineered to produce specific human antibodies in response to antigenic challenge. In this technique, elements of the human heavy and light chain locus are introduced into strains of mice derived from embryonic stem cell lines that contain targeted disruptions of the endogenous heavy chain and light chain loci. The transgenic mice can synthesize human antibodies specific for human antigens, and the mice can be used to produce human antibody-secreting hybridomas. Methods for obtaining human antibodies from transgenic mice are described by Green et al., Nature Genet. 7:13 (1994), Lonberg et al., Nature 368:856 (1994), and Taylor et al., Int. Immun. 6:579 (1994).
- Methods for producing fully human antibodies using either combinatorial approaches or transgenic animals transformed with human immunoglobulin loci are known in the art (e.g., Mancini et al., 2004, New Microbiol. 27:315-28; Conrad and Scheller, 2005, Comb. Chem. High Throughput Screen. 8:117-26; Brekke and Loset, 2003, Curr. Opin. Phamacol. 3:544-50; each incorporated herein by reference). Such fully human antibodies are expected to exhibit even fewer side effects than chimeric or humanized antibodies and to function in vivo as essentially endogenous human antibodies. In certain embodiments, the claimed methods and procedures may utilize human antibodies produced by such techniques.
- In one alternative, the phage display technique may be used to generate human antibodies (e.g., Dantas-Barbosa et al., 2005, Genet. Mol. Res. 4:126-40, incorporated herein by reference). Human antibodies may be generated from normal humans or from humans that exhibit a particular disease state, such as HIV infection or AIDS. The advantage to constructing human antibodies from a diseased individual is that the circulating antibody repertoire may be biased towards antibodies against disease-associated antigens.
- In one non-limiting example of this methodology, Dantas-Barbosa et al. (2005) constructed a phage display library of human Fab antibody fragments from osteosarcoma patients. Generally, total RNA was obtained from circulating blood lymphocytes (Id.) Recombinant Fab were cloned from the μ, γ and κ chain antibody repertoires and inserted into a phage display library (Id.) RNAs were converted to cDNAs and used to make Fab cDNA libraries using specific primers against the heavy and light chain immunoglobulin sequences (Marks et al., 1991, J Mol. Biol. 222:581-97, incorporated herein by reference). Library construction was performed according to Andris-Widhopf et al. (2000, In: Phage Display Laboratory Manual, Barbas et al. (eds), 1st edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. pp. 9.1 to 9.22, incorporated herein by reference). The final Fab fragments were digested with restriction endonucleases and inserted into the bacteriophage genome to make the phage display library. Such libraries may be screened by standard phage display methods, such as biopanning. The skilled artisan will realize that this technique is exemplary only and any known method for making and screening human antibodies or antibody fragments by phage display may be utilized.
- In another alternative, transgenic animals that have been genetically engineered to produce human antibodies may be used to generate antibodies against essentially any immunogenic target, using standard immunization protocols as discussed above. A non-limiting example of such a system is the XenoMouse® (e.g., Green et al., 1999, J. Immunol. Methods 231:11-23) from Abgenix (Fremont, Calif.). In the XenoMouse® and similar animals, the mouse antibody genes have been inactivated and replaced by functional human antibody genes, while the remainder of the mouse immune system remains intact.
- The XenoMouse® was transformed with germline-configured YACs (yeast artificial chromosomes) that contained portions of the human IgH and Igkappa loci, including the majority of the variable region sequences, along accessory genes and regulatory sequences. The human variable region repertoire may be used to generate antibody producing B cells, which may be processed into hybridomas by known techniques. A XenoMouse® immunized with a target antigen will produce human antibodies by the normal immune response, which may be harvested and/or produced by standard techniques discussed above. A variety of strains of XenoMouse® are available, each of which is capable of producing a different class of antibody. Such human antibodies may be coupled to other molecules by chemical cross-linking or other known methodologies. Transgenically produced human antibodies have been shown to have therapeutic potential, while retaining the pharmacokinetic properties of normal human antibodies (Green et al., 1999). The skilled artisan will realize that the claimed compositions and methods are not limited to use of the XenoMouse® system but may utilize any transgenic animal that has been genetically engineered to produce human antibodies.
- Neutralizing Antibodies
- In certain embodiments, neutralizing antibodies or fragments thereof that are capable of destroying or inhibiting the infectivity and/or virulence of HIV are preferred. A variety of HIV neutralizing antibodies are known in the art and any such known antibodies or fragments thereof may be used, including but not limited to P4/D10, 2G12 (e.g., Joos et al., Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2006, 50:1773-79), 4E10 (Joos et al., 2006), 2F5 (Joos et al., 2006), b12 (e.g., Wu et al., J Virol 2006, 80:2585), X5 (Moulard et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci 2002, 99:6913-18) or any combination thereof. Where multispecific antibodies or fragments are used, the skilled artisan will realize that multiple antibodies or fragments that bind to the same or different HIV epitopes may be combined. Although antibodies against the HIV envelope protein (gp120) and/or gp41 are preferred, the skilled artisan will realize that other HIV target antigens may be utilized to develop antibodies or fragments thereof that will target HIV-infected cells. In some cases, antibodies or fragments that bind to one or more HIV antigens in combination with T-cell antigens (e.g., CD4, CCR5 and/or CXCR4) may be utilized.
- Fusion Proteins
- Various embodiments may concern fusion proteins. These molecules generally have all or a substantial portion of a peptide, linked at the N- or C-terminus, to all or a portion of a second polypeptide or protein. For example, fusions may employ leader sequences from other species to permit the recombinant expression of a protein in a heterologous host. Another useful fusion includes the attachment of an immunologically active domain, such as an antibody or fragment, to a therapeutic agent, such as a peptide or protein toxin or enzyme. Yet another useful form of fusion may include attachment of a moiety of use for purification, such as the FLAG epitope (Prickett et al., 1989, Biotechniques 7:580-589; Castrucci et al., 1992, J Virol 66:4647-4653). Methods of generating fusion proteins are well known to those of skill in the art. Such proteins may be produced, for example, by chemical attachment using bifunctional cross-linking reagents, by de novo synthesis of the complete fusion protein, or by attachment of a DNA sequence encoding a first protein or peptide to a DNA sequence encoding a second peptide or protein, followed by expression of the intact fusion protein.
- In certain embodiments, bispecific or multispecific antibodies or fragments may be utilized. Such antibodies or fragments will comprise at least one binding site for an HIV-associated antigen and at least one other binding site, for example against a carrier molecule conjugated to therapeutic and/or diagnostic agents, a cytokine, a cell surface receptor or other antigen.
- In general, discrete VH and VL domains of antibodies produced by recombinant DNA technology may pair with each other to form a dimer (recombinant Fv fragment) with binding capability (U.S. Pat. No. 4,642,334). However, such non-covalently associated molecules are not sufficiently stable under physiological conditions to have any practical use. Cognate VH and VL domains can be joined with a peptide linker of appropriate composition and length (usually consisting of more than 12 amino acid residues) to form a single-chain Fv (scFv) with binding activity. Methods of manufacturing scFvs are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,132,405. Reduction of the peptide linker length to less than 12 amino acid residues prevents pairing of VH and VL domains on the same chain and forces pairing of VH and VL domains with complementary domains on other chains, resulting in the formation of functional multimers. Polypeptide chains of VH and VL domains that are joined with linkers between 3 and 12 amino acid residues form predominantly dimers (termed diabodies). With linkers between 0 and 2 amino acid residues, trimers (termed triabodies) and tetramers (termed tetrabodies) are favored, but the exact patterns of oligomerization appear to depend on the composition as well as the orientation of V-domains (VH-linker-VL or VL-linker-VH), in addition to the linker length.
- Monospecific diabodies, triabodies, and tetrabodies with multiple valencies have been obtained using peptide linkers consisting of 5 amino acid residues or less. Bispecific diabodies, which are heterodimers of two different scFvs, each scFv consisting of the VH domain from one antibody connected by a short peptide linker to the VL domain of another antibody, have also been made using a dicistronic expression vector that contains in one cistron a recombinant gene construct comprising Vm-linker-VL2 and in the other cistron a second recombinant gene construct comprising VH2-linker-VL1 (Holliger, et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 1993; 90: 6444-6448; Atwell, et al. Mol Immunol. 1996; 33:1301-1302; Holliger, et al. Nature Biotechnol. 1997; 15: 632-631; Helfrich, et al. Int. J Cancer. 1998; 76: 232-239; Kipriyanov, et al. Int J Cancer. 1998; 77: 763-772; Holliger, et al. Cancer Res. 1999; 59: 2909-2916).
- More recently, a tetravalent tandem diabody (termed tandab) with dual specificity has also been reported (Cochlovius, et al. Cancer Res. 2000; 60: 4336-4341). The bispecific tandab is a dimer of two identical polypeptides, each containing four variable domains of two different antibodies (VH1, VL1, VH2, VL2) linked in an orientation to facilitate the formation of two potential binding sites for each of the two different specificities upon self-association.
- Methods of manufacturing scFv-based agents of multivalency and multispecificity by varying the linker length were disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,844,094, U.S. Pat. No. 5,837,242, and WO 98/44001. Methods of manufacturing scFv-based agents of multivalency and multispecificity by constructing two polypeptide chains, one comprising of the VH domains from at least two antibodies and the other the corresponding VL domains were disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,989,830 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,239,259. A recombinantly produced bispecific or trispecific antibody in which the c-termini of CH1 and CL of a Fab are each fused to a scFv derived from the same or different monoclonal antibodies was disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,809,185.
- Methods for construction and use of bispecific and multispecific antibodies are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 20050002945, filed Feb. 11, 2004, the entire text of which is incorporated herein by reference. A variety of recombinant methods can be used to produce bispecific antibodies and antibody fragments. For example, bispecific antibodies and antibody fragments can be produced in the milk of transgenic livestock. (See, e.g., Colman, A., Biochem. Soc. Symp., 63: 141-147, 1998; U.S. Pat. No. 5,827,690, each incorporated herein by reference.) Two DNA constructs are prepared which contain, respectively, DNA segments encoding paired immunoglobulin heavy and light chains. The fragments are cloned into expression vectors which contain a promoter sequence that is preferentially expressed in mammary epithelial cells. Examples include, but are not limited to, promoters from rabbit, cow and sheep casein genes, the cow alpha-lactoglobulin gene, the sheep beta-lactoglobulin gene and the mouse whey acid protein gene. Preferably, the inserted fragment is flanked on its 3′ side by cognate genomic sequences from a mammary-specific gene. This provides a polyadenylation site and transcript-stabilizing sequences. The expression cassettes are coinjected into the pronuclei of fertilized, mammalian eggs, which are then implanted into the uterus of a recipient female and allowed to gestate. After birth, the progeny are screened for the presence of both transgenes by Southern analysis. In order for the antibody to be present, both heavy and light chain genes must be expressed concurrently in the same cell. Milk from transgenic females is analyzed for the presence and functionality of the antibody or antibody fragment using standard immunological methods known in the art. The antibody can be purified from the milk using standard methods known in the art.
- Pre-Targeting
- One strategy for use of bispecific antibodies includes pretargeting methodologies, in which an effector molecule is administered to a subject after a bispecific antibody has been administered. The bispecific antibody, which would include a binding site for an HIV antigen and one for a carrier conjugated to one or more effector molecules, localizes to the diseased tissue and increases the specificity of localization of the effector to the diseased tissue (U.S. Patent Application No. 20050002945). Because the effector molecule may be cleared from circulation much more rapidly than the bispecific antibody, normal tissues may have a decreased exposure to the effector molecule when a pretargeting strategy is used than when the effector molecule is directly linked to the disease targeting antibody.
- Pretargeting methods have been developed to increase the target:background ratios of detection or therapeutic agents. Examples of pre-targeting and biotin/avidin approaches are described, for example, in Goodwin et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,863,713; Goodwin et al., J. Nucl. Med. 29:226, 1988; Hnatowich et al., J. Nucl. Med. 28:1294, 1987; Oehr et al., J. Nucl. Med. 29:728, 1988; Klibanov et al., J. Nucl. Med. 29:1951, 1988; Sinitsyn et al., J. Nucl. Med. 30:66, 1989; Kalofonos et al., J. Nucl. Med. 31:1791, 1990; Schechter et al., Int. J. Cancer 48:167, 1991; Paganelli et al., Cancer Res. 51:5960, 1991; Paganelli et al., Nucl. Med. Commun. 12:211, 1991; U.S. Pat. No. 5,256,395; Stickney et al., Cancer Res. 51:6650, 1991; Yuan et al., Cancer Res. 51:3119, 1991; U.S. Pat. No. 6,077,499; U.S. Ser. No. 09/597,580; U.S. Ser. No. 10/361,026; U.S. Ser. No. 09/337,756; U.S. Ser. No. 09/823,746; U.S. Ser. No. 10/116,116; U.S. Ser. No. 09/382,186; U.S. Ser. No. 10/150,654; U.S. Pat. No. 6,090,381; U.S. Pat. No. 6,472,511; U.S. Ser. No. 10/114,315; U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/386,411; U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/345,641; U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/3328,835; U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/426,379; U.S. Ser. No. 09/823,746; U.S. Ser. No. 09/337,756; and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/342,103, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- In certain embodiments, bispecific antibodies and targetable constructs may be of use in treating and/or imaging diseased tissues, for example using the methods described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,126,916; 6,077,499; 6,010,680; 5,776,095; 5,776,094; 5,776,093; 5,772,981; 5,753,206; 5,746,996; 5,697,902; 5,328,679; 5,128,119; 5,101,827; and 4,735,210, each incorporated herein by reference. Additional methods are described in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/337,756 filed Jun. 22, 1999 and in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/823,746, filed Apr. 3, 2001.
- In certain embodiments, bispecific antibodies or fragments, or conjugates of antibodies or fragments, may be assembled using a technology known as DOCK AND LOCK®) (DNL®). Further details of DNL® technology may be found in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/389,358, filed Mar. 24, 2005; Ser. No. 11/391,584, filed Mar. 28, 2006; Ser. No. 11/478,021, filed Jun. 29, 2006; Ser. No. 11/633,729, filed Jun. 21, 2007; and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/864,530, filed Nov. 6, 2006, the text of each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- To summarize, DNL® technology involves targeting binding between two or more complementary sequences, such as a dimerization and docking domain (DDD) of, for example, the regulatory subunits of c-AMP-dependent protein kinas A, and the anchoring domain found in various A-kinase anchoring proteins (AKAPs) that mediates association with the R subunits of PKA. However, the skilled artisan will realize that other dimerization and docking domains and anchoring domains are known and any such known domains may be used within the scope of the claimed subject matter. Other exemplary 4-helix bundle type DDD domains may be obtained from p53, DCoH (pterin 4 alpha carbinolamine dehydratase/dimerization cofactor of hepatocyte
nuclear factor 1 alpha (TCF1)) and HNF-1 (hepatocyte nuclear factor 1). Other AD sequences of potential use may be found in Patent Application Serial No. US20003/0232420A1, the entire text of which is incorporated herein by reference. - These complementary binding pairs may be covalently attached to various functional units, such as antibodies or antibody fragments, or therapeutic or diagnostic agents, forming therapeutic or diagnostic complexes of determined specificity and activity. The skilled artisan will realize that there are a multiplicity of ways in which such complexes could be formed, for example by incorporating AD or DDD sequences into fusion proteins comprising a Fab, Fab′, IgG, scFc or other antibody or fragment with known binding specificity. For example, a bispecific complex may be formed by incorporating AD and DDD sequences into antibodies or fragments specific for two different target antigens. Alternatively, an antibody or fragment attached to a DDD or AD moiety may be combined with a therapeutic protein or peptide, such as a hormone, enzyme, ribonuclease, onconase or other agent that is attached to a complementary AD or DDD moiety. A number of such potential complexes are described in the patent applications listed above and any of such known complexes may be utilized.
- In various embodiments, therapeutic agents may be conjugated to anti-HIV antibodies, fragments or other targeting molecules for delivery to HIV infected cells. Therapeutic agents of use may comprise one or more of aplidin, azaribine, anastrozole, azacytidine, bleomycin, bortezomib, bryostatin-1, busulfan, calicheamycin, camptothecin, 10-hydroxycamptothecin, carmustine, celecoxib, chlorambucil, cisplatinum, irinotecan (CPT-11), SN-38, carboplatin, cladribine, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, dacarbazine, dactinomycin, daunomycin glucuronide, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, 2-pyrrolinodoxorubicine (2P-DOX), cyano-morpholino doxorubicin, doxorubicin glucuronide, epirubicin glucuronide, estramustine, etoposide, etoposide glucuronide, etoposide phosphate, floxuridine (FUdR), 3′,5′-O-dioleoyl-FudR (FUdR-dO), fludarabine, flutamide, fluorouracil, fluoxymesterone, gemcitabine, hydroxyurea, idarubicin, ifosfamide, L-asparaginase, leucovorin, lomustine, mechlorethamine, melphalan, mercaptopurine, 6-mercaptopurine, methotrexate, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, mitomycin, mitotane, phenyl butyrate, procarbazine, pentostatin, PSI-341, semustine, streptozocin, taxanes, thioguanine, thiotepa, teniposide, topotecan, uracil mustard, velcade, vinblastine, vinorelbine, vincristine, ricin, abrin, ribonuclease, ranpirnases, rapLR1, DNase I, Staphylococcal enterotoxin-A, pokeweed antiviral protein, gelonin, diphtheria toxin, Pseudomonas exotoxin, Pseudomonas endotoxin, an antisense oligonucleotide, an interference RNA, or a combination thereof.
- Additional moieties can be conjugated to the HIV targeting molecules described herein. For example, drugs, toxins, radioactive compounds, enzymes, hormones, cytotoxic proteins, chelates, cytokines, and other functional agents may be conjugated to the HIV targeting molecules. Conjugation can be via, for example, covalent attachments to amino acid residues containing amine, carboxyl, thiol or hydroxyl groups in their side-chains. Various conventional linkers may be used for this purpose, for example, diisocyanates, diisothiocyanates, bis(hydroxysuccinimide) esters, carbodiimides, maleimide-hydroxysuccinimide esters, glutaraldehyde and the like. Conjugation of agents to the HIV targeting molecules preferably does not significantly affect the binding activity or specificity compared to the unmodified structures. In addition, cytotoxic and/or virostatic agents may be first coupled to a polymeric carrier, which is then conjugated to a HIV targeting molecule. For this method, see Ryser et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 75:3867-3870, 1978, U.S. Pat. No. 4,699,784, and U.S. Pat. No. 4,046,722, which are incorporated herein by reference.
- The conjugates described herein can be prepared by methods known for linking antibodies with lipids, carbohydrates, proteins, radionuclides, or other atoms and molecules. For example, the HIV targeting molecules described herein can be linked to one or more of the carriers described herein (e.g., lipids, polymers, liposomes, micelles, or nanoparticles) to form a conjugate, which can then incorporate a therapeutic or diagnostic agent either covalently, non-covalently, or otherwise. Alternatively, any of the HIV targeting molecules described herein can be conjugated directly with one or more therapeutic or diagnostic agents described herein.
- For example, a HIV targeting molecule can be radiolabeled with 131I and conjugated to a lipid, such that the resulting conjugate can form a liposome. The liposome may incorporate one or more therapeutic (e.g., a drug such as FUdR-dO) or diagnostic agents. The formation of liposomes and micelles is known in the art. See, e.g., Wrobel and Collins, Biochimica et Biophysica Acta (1995), 1235: 296-304; Lundberg et al., J. Pharm. Pharmacol. (1999), 51:1099-1105; Lundberg et al., Int. J. Pharm. (2000), 205:101-108; Lundberg, J. Pharm. Sci. (1994), 83:72-75; Xu et al., Molec. Cancer Ther. (2002), 1:337-346; Torchilin et al., Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci., U.S.A. (2003), 100:6039-6044; U.S. Pat. No. 5,565,215; U.S. Pat. No. 6,379,698; and U.S. 2003/0082154.
- Nanoparticles or nanocapsules formed from polymers, silica, or metals, which are useful for drug delivery or imaging, have been described as well. See, e.g., West et al., Applications of Nanotechnology to Biotechnology (2000), 11:215-217; U.S. Pat. No. 5,620,708; U.S. Pat. No. 5,702,727; and U.S. Pat. No. 6,530,944. The conjugation of antibodies or binding molecules to liposomes to form a targeted carrier for therapeutic or diagnostic agents has been described. See, e.g., Bendas, Biodrugs (2001), 15:215-224; Xu et al., Mol. Cancer Ther (2002), 1:337-346; Torchilin et al., Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. U.S.A (2003), 100:6039-6044; Bally, et al., J. Liposome Res. (1998), 8:299-335; Lundberg, Int. J. Pharm. (1994), 109:73-81; Lundberg, J. Pharm. Pharmacol. (1997), 49:16-21; Lundberg, Anti-cancer Drug Design (1998), 13: 453-461. See also U.S. Pat. No. 6,306,393; U.S. Ser. No. 10/350,096; U.S. Ser. No. 09/590,284, and U.S. Ser. No. 60/138,284, filed Jun. 9, 1999. All these references are incorporated herein by reference.
- A wide variety of diagnostic and therapeutic agents can be advantageously used to form the conjugates of the HIV targeting molecules, or may be linked to haptens that bind to a recognition site on the HIV targeting molecules. Diagnostic agents may include radioisotopes, enhancing agents for use in MRI or contrast agents for ultrasound imaging, and fluorescent compounds. Many appropriate imaging agents are known in the art, as are methods for their attachment to proteins or peptides (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,021,236 and 4,472,509, both incorporated herein by reference). Certain attachment methods involve the use of a metal chelate complex employing, for example, an organic chelating agent such a DTPA attached to the protein or peptide (U.S. Pat. No. 4,472,509).
- In order to load a HIV targeting molecule with radioactive metals or paramagnetic ions, it may be necessary to first react it with a carrier to which multiple copies of a chelating group for binding the radioactive metals or paramagnetic ions have been attached. Such a carrier can be a polylysine, polysaccharide, or a derivatized or derivatizable polymeric substance having pendant groups to which can be bound chelating groups such as, e.g., ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA), porphyrins, polyamines, crown ethers, bis-thiosemicarbazones, polyoximes, and the like known to be useful for this purpose. Carriers containing chelates are coupled to the HIV targeting molecule using standard chemistries in a way to minimize aggregation and loss of immunoreactivity.
- Other, more unusual, methods and reagents that may be applied for preparing such conjugates are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,824,659, which is incorporated herein in its entirety by reference. Particularly useful metal-chelate combinations include 2-benzyl-DTPA and its monomethyl and cyclohexyl analogs, used with diagnostic isotopes in the general energy range of 60 to 4,000 keV. Some useful diagnostic nuclides may include 18F, 52Fe, 62Cu, 64Cu, 67Cu, 67Ga, 68Ga, 86Y, 89Zr, 94Tc, 94mTc, 99mTc, or 111In. The same chelates complexed with non-radioactive metals, such as manganese, iron and gadolinium, are useful for MRI, when used along with the HIV targeting molecules and carriers described herein. Macrocyclic chelates such as NOTA, DOTA, and TETA are of use with a variety of metals and radiometals, most particularly with radionuclides of gallium, yttrium and copper, respectively. Such metal-chelate complexes can be made very stable by tailoring the ring size to the metal of interest. Other ring-type chelates, such as macrocyclic polyethers for complexing 223Ra, may be used.
- Therapeutic agents include, for example, chemotherapeutic drugs such as vinca alkaloids, anthracyclines, epidophyllotoxins, taxanes, antimetabolites, alkylating agents, antibiotics, Cox-2 inhibitors, antimitotics, antiangiogenic and proapoptotic agents, particularly doxorubicin, methotrexate, taxol, CPT-11, camptothecans, and others from these and other classes of cytotoxic agents. Other cytotoxic agents include nitrogen mustards, alkyl sulfonates, nitrosoureas, triazenes, folic acid analogs, pyrimidine analogs, purine analogs, platinum coordination complexes, and the like. Suitable cytotoxic agents are described in REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, 19th Ed. (Mack Publishing Co. 1995), and in GOODMAN AND GILMAN'S THE PHARMACOLOGICAL BASIS OF THERAPEUTICS, 7th Ed. (MacMillan Publishing Co. 1985), as well as revised editions of these publications. Other suitable cytotoxic agents, such as experimental drugs, are known to those of skill in the art, and may be conjugated to the HIV targeting molecules described herein using methods that are known in the art.
- Another class of therapeutic agents consists of radionuclides that emit α-particles (such as 212Pb, 212Bi, 213Bi, 211At, 223Ra, 225Ac), β-particles (such as 32P, 33P, 47Sc, 67Cu, 67Ga, 89Sr, 90Y, 111Ag, 125I, 131I, 142Pr, 153Sm, 161Tb, 166Ho, 166Dy, 177Lu, 186Re, 188Re, 189Re), or Auger electrons (such as 111In, 125I, 67Ga, 191Os, 193mPt, 195mPt, 195mHg). The HIV targeting molecules may be labeled with one or more of the above radionuclides using methods as described for the diagnostic agents.
- In certain embodiments, the therapeutic agents of use may comprise one or more aggresome inhibitors. Aggresomes are large intracellular complexes that were thought to form in response to misfolded protein (see, e.g., Heath et al., J. Cell Biol. 153:449-55, 2001; Johnstone et al., J. Cell Biol. 143:1883-98, 1998; Wileman, Science 312:875-78, 2006). More recently, it has been suggested that aggresomes may function in the assembly of viral particles (Heath et al., 2001; Wileman, 2006). Aggresome inhibitors may therefore function to block or inhibit the formation of new infectious viral particles from cells infected with HIV or other viruses. A variety of aggresome inhibitors are known, such as ALLN, nocodazole, colchicine and vinblastine (Johnston et al., 1998), other microtubule inhibitors (Gerdes and Katsanis, Hum. Molec. Genet. 14:R291-300, 2005); bortezomib (Velcade) (Catley et al., Blood 108:3441-49, 2006), tubacin, histone deacetylase inhibitors (Corcoran et al., Curr. Biol. 14:488-92, 2004), and any such known aggresome inhibitor may be used.
- In various embodiments, one or more immunomodulators may be conjugated to an anti-HIV antibody or fragment for administration to a patient, or alternatively may be co-administered to the patient. As used herein, the term “immunomodulator” includes cytokines, stem cell growth factors, lymphotoxins and hematopoietic factors, such as interleukins, colony stimulating factors, interferons (e.g., interferons-α, -β and -γ) and the stem cell growth factor designated “Si factor.” Examples of suitable immunomodulator moieties include IL-2, IL-6, IL-10, IL-12, IL-18, IL-21, interferon-gamma, TNF-alpha, and the like.
- The term “cytokine” is a generic term for proteins or peptides released by one cell population which act on another cell as intercellular mediators. As used broadly herein, examples of cytokines include lymphokines, monokines, growth factors and traditional polypeptide hormones. Included among the cytokines are growth hormones such as human growth hormone, N-methionyl human growth hormone, and bovine growth hormone; parathyroid hormone; thyroxine; insulin; proinsulin; relaxin; prorelaxin; glycoprotein hormones such as follicle stimulating hormone (FSH), thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH), and luteinizing hormone (LH); hepatic growth factor; prostaglandin, fibroblast growth factor; prolactin; placental lactogen, OB protein; tumor necrosis factor-α and -β; mullerian-inhibiting substance; mouse gonadotropin-associated peptide; inhibin; activin; vascular endothelial growth factor; integrin; thrombopoietin (TPO); nerve growth factors such as NGF-β; platelet-growth factor; transforming growth factors (TGFs) such as TGF-α and TGF-β; insulin-like growth factor-I and —II; erythropoietin (EPO); osteoinductive factors; interferons such as interferon-α, -β, and -γ; colony stimulating factors (CSFs) such as macrophage-CSF (M-CSF); granulocyte-macrophage-CSF (GM-CSF); and granulocyte-CSF (G-CSF); interleukins (ILs) such as IL-1, IL-la, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12; IL-13, IL-14, IL-15, IL-16, IL-17, IL-18, IL-21, LIF, G-CSF, GM-CSF, M-CSF, EPO, kit-ligand or FLT-3, angiostatin, thrombospondin, endostatin, tumor necrosis factor and LT. As used herein, the term cytokine includes proteins from natural sources or from recombinant cell culture and biologically active equivalents of the native sequence cytokines.
- Chemokines generally act as chemoattractants to recruit immune effector cells to the site of chemokine expression. It may be advantageous to express a particular chemokine gene in combination with, for example, a cytokine gene, to enhance the recruitment of other immune system components to a site of treatment. Chemokines include, but are not limited to, RANTES, MCAF, MIP1-alpha, MIP1-Beta, and IP-10. The skilled artisan will recognize that certain cytokines are also known to have chemoattractant effects and could also be classified under the term chemokines. Similarly, the terms immunomodulator and cytokine overlap in their respective members.
- A suitable peptide containing a detectable label (e.g., a fluorescent molecule), or a virostatic and/or cytotoxic agent, (e.g., a radioiodine), can be covalently, non-covalently, or otherwise associated with the HIV targeting molecules. For example, a therapeutically useful conjugate can be obtained by incorporating a photoactive agent or dye onto the HIV targeting molecules. Fluorescent compositions, such as fluorochrome, and other chromogens, or dyes, such as porphyrins sensitive to visible light, have been used to detect and to treat lesions by directing the suitable light to the lesion. In therapy, this has been termed photoradiation, phototherapy, or photodynamic therapy. See Joni et al. (eds.), PHOTODYNAMIC THERAPY OF TUMORS AND OTHER DISEASES (Libreria Progetto 1985); van den Bergh, Chem. Britain (1986), 22:430. Moreover, monoclonal antibodies have been coupled with photoactivated dyes for achieving phototherapy. See Mew et al., J. Immunol. (1983), 130:1473; idem., Cancer Res. (1985), 45:4380; Oseroff et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1986), 83:8744; idem., Photochem. Photobiol. (1987), 46:83; Hasan et al., Prog. Clin. Biol. Res. (1989), 288:471; Tatsuta et al., Lasers Surg. Med. (1989), 9:422; Pelegrin et al., Cancer (1991), 67:2529.
- In alternative embodiments, the disclosed compositions and methods may utilize alternative forms of binding molecules to antibodies or antibody fragments, such as aptamers. Aptamers are typically synthetic oligonucleotides that can adopt three-dimensional conformations that provide antibody-like binding affinities and specificities for selected target molecules. Methods of constructing and determining the binding characteristics of aptamers are well known in the art. For example, such techniques are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,582,981, 5,595,877 and 5,637,459, each incorporated herein by reference.
- Aptamers may be prepared by any known method, including synthetic, recombinant, and purification methods, and may be used alone or in combination with other ligands specific for the same target. In general, a minimum of approximately 3 nucleotides, preferably at least 5 nucleotides, are necessary to effect specific binding. Aptamers of sequences shorter than 10 bases may be feasible, although aptamers of 10, 20, 30 or 40 nucleotides may be preferred.
- Aptamers need to contain the sequence that confers binding specificity, but may be extended with flanking regions and otherwise derivatized. In preferred embodiments, the binding sequences of aptamers may be flanked by primer-binding sequences, facilitating the amplification of the aptamers by PCR or other amplification techniques. In a further embodiment, the flanking sequence may comprise a specific sequence that preferentially recognizes or binds a moiety to enhance the immobilization of the aptamer to a substrate.
- Aptamers may be isolated, sequenced, and/or amplified or synthesized as conventional DNA or RNA molecules. Alternatively, aptamers of interest may comprise modified oligomers. Any of the hydroxyl groups ordinarily present in aptamers may be replaced by phosphonate groups, phosphate groups, protected by a standard protecting group, or activated to prepare additional linkages to other nucleotides, or may be conjugated to solid supports. One or more phosphodiester linkages may be replaced by alternative linking groups, such as P(O)O replaced by P(O)S, P(O)NR2, P(O)R, P(O)OR′, CO, or CNR2, wherein R is H or alkyl (1-20C) and R′ is alkyl (1-20C); in addition, this group may be attached to adjacent nucleotides through O or S. Not all linkages in an oligomer need to be identical.
- Methods for preparation and screening of aptamers that bind to particular targets of interest are well known, for example U.S. Pat. No. 5,475,096 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,270,163, each incorporated by reference. The technique generally involves selection from a mixture of candidate aptamers and step-wise iterations of binding, separation of bound from unbound aptamers and amplification. Because only a small number of sequences (possibly only one molecule of aptamer) corresponding to the highest affinity aptamers exist in the mixture, it is generally desirable to set the partitioning criteria so that a significant amount of aptamers in the mixture (approximately 5-50%) is retained during separation. Each cycle results in an enrichment of aptamers with high affinity for the target. Repetition for between three to six selection and amplification cycles may be used to generate aptamers that bind with high affinity and specificity to the target. Aptamers may be conjugated to therapeutic agents by standard nucleic acid labeling techniques well known in the art.
- In certain embodiments, the disclosed compositions or methods may utilize one or more avimer sequences. Avimers are a class of binding proteins somewhat similar to antibodies in their affinities and specificities for various target molecules. They were developed from human extracellular receptor domains by in vitro exon shuffling and phage display. (Silverman et al., 2005, Nat. Biotechnol. 23:1493-94; Silverman et al., 2006, Nat. Biotechnol. 24:220.) The resulting multidomain proteins may comprise multiple independent binding domains that may exhibit improved affinity (in some cases sub-nanomolar) and specificity compared with single-epitope binding proteins. (Id.) In various embodiments, avimers may be attached to therapeutic agents for use in the claimed methods and compositions using standard protein cross-linking or labeling techniques discussed herein. Additional details concerning methods of construction and use of avimers are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 20040175756, 20050048512, 20050053973, 20050089932 and 20050221384, the Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- The HIV targeting molecules, including their conjugates, may be further formulated to obtain compositions that include one or more pharmaceutically suitable excipients, one or more additional ingredients, or some combination of these. These can be accomplished by known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful dosages, whereby the active ingredients (i.e., the HIV targeting molecules or conjugates), are combined in a mixture with one or more pharmaceutically suitable excipients. Sterile phosphate-buffered saline is one example of a pharmaceutically suitable excipient. Other suitable excipients are well known to those in the art. See, e.g., Ansel et al., PHARMACEUTICAL DOSAGE FORMS AND DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS, 5th Edition (Lea & Febiger 1990), and Gennaro (ed.), REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, 18th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1990), and revised editions thereof.
- One route for administration of the compositions described herein is parenteral injection. In parenteral administration, the compositions will be formulated in a unit dosage injectable form such as a solution, suspension or emulsion, in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Such excipients are inherently nontoxic and nontherapeutic. Examples of such excipients are saline, Ringer's solution, dextrose solution and Hank's solution. Nonaqueous excipients such as fixed oils and ethyl oleate may also be used. A preferred excipient is 5% dextrose in saline. The excipient may contain minor amounts of additives such as substances that enhance isotonicity and chemical stability, including buffers and preservatives. Other methods of administration, including oral administration, are also contemplated.
- Formulated compositions comprising HIV targeting molecules can be used for intravenous administration via, for example, bolus injection or continuous infusion. Compositions for injection can be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. Compositions can also take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and can contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the compositions can be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
- The compositions may be administered in solution. The pH of the solution should be in the range of
pH 5 to 9.5, preferably pH 6.5 to 7.5. The formulation thereof should be in a solution having a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable buffer such as phosphate, tris (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane-HCl or citrate and the like. Buffer concentrations should be in the range of 1 to 100 mM. The formulated solution may also contain a salt, such as sodium chloride or potassium chloride in a concentration of 50 to 150 mM. An effective amount of a stabilizing agent such as glycerol, albumin, a globulin, a detergent, a gelatin, a protamine or a salt of protamine may also be included. Systemic administration of the formulated composition is typically made every two to three days or once a week if a humanized form of the antibody is used as a template for the HIV targeting molecules. Alternatively, daily administration is useful. Usually administration is by either intramuscular injection or intravascular infusion. - The compositions may be administered to a mammal subcutaneously or by other parenteral routes. Moreover, the administration may be by continuous infusion or by single or multiple boluses. Methods useful for the antibodies or immunoconjugates can be applied to the compositions described herein. In general, the dosage of an administered immunoconjugate, fusion protein or naked antibody for humans will vary depending upon such factors as the patient's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history. Typically, it is desirable to provide the recipient with a dosage of the active ingredient that is in the range of from about 1 mg/kg to 20 mg/kg as a single intravenous infusion, although a lower or higher dosage also may be administered as circumstances dictate. This dosage may be repeated as needed, for example, once per week for 4-10 weeks, preferably once per week for 8 weeks, and more preferably, once per week for 4 weeks. It may also be given less frequently, such as every other week for several months. The dosage may be given through various parenteral routes, with appropriate adjustment of the dose and schedule.
- Pharmaceutical methods employed to control the duration of action of immunoconjugates or antibodies may be applied to the formulated compositions described herein. Control release preparations can be achieved through the use of biocompatible polymers to complex or adsorb the immunoconjugate or naked antibody, for example, matrices of poly(ethylene-co-vinyl acetate) and matrices of a polyanhydride copolymer of a stearic acid dimer and sebacic acid. See Sherwood et al., Bio/Technology (1992), 10: 1446. The rate of release of an immunoconjugate or antibody from such a matrix depends upon the molecular weight of the immunoconjugate or antibody, the amount of immunoconjugate, antibody within the matrix, and the size of dispersed particles. See Saltzman et al., Biophys. J (1989), 55: 163; Sherwood et al., supra. Other solid dosage forms are described in Ansel et al., PHARMACEUTICAL DOSAGE FORMS AND DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS, 5th Edition (Lea & Febiger 1990), and Gennaro (ed.), REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, 18th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1990), and revised editions thereof.
- For purposes of therapy, the composition is administered to a mammal in a therapeutically effective amount. A suitable subject for the therapeutic and diagnostic methods disclosed herein is usually a human, although a non-human animal subject is also contemplated.
- The compositions may be administered by aerosol to achieve localized delivery to the lungs. Either an aqueous aerosol or a nonaqueous (e.g., fluorocarbon propellent) suspension could be used. Sonic nebulizers preferably are used in preparing aerosols to minimize exposing the HIV targeting molecule in the compositions to shear, which can result in its degradation and loss of activity.
- A HIV targeting molecule linked to a radionuclide may be effective for therapy. After it has been determined that the HIV targeting molecule is localized at one or more infectious sites in a subject, higher doses of the labeled composition, generally from 20 mCi to 150 mCi per dose for 131I, 5 mCi to 30 mCi per dose for 90Y, or 5 mCi to 20 mCi per dose of 186Re, each based on a 70 kg patient weight, are injected. Injection may be intravenous, intraarterial, intralymphatic, intrathecal, or intracavitary (i.e., parenterally), and may be repeated. It may be advantageous for some therapies to administer multiple, divided doses, thus providing higher toxic doses without usually effecting a proportional increase in radiation of normal tissues.
- In still other embodiments, anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be modified for oral or inhalational administration by conjugation to certain proteins, such as the Fc region of IgG1 (see Examples 3-7). Methods for preparation and use of peptide-Fc conjugates are disclosed, for example, in Low et al. (2005, Hum. Reprod. 20:1805-13) and Dumont et al. (2005, J. Aerosol. Med. 18:294-303), each incorporated herein by reference. Low et al. (2005) disclose the conjugation of the alpha and beta subunits of FSH to the Fc region of IgG1 in single chain or heterodimer form, using recombinant expression in CHO cells. The Fc conjugated peptides were absorbed through epithelial cells in the lung or intestine by the neonatal Fc receptor mediated transport system. The Fc conjugated peptides exhibited improved stability and absorption in vivo compared to the native peptides. It was also observed that the heterodimer conjugate was more active than the single chain form. Larger proteins, such as erythropoietin, may also be effectively delivered by inhalation using Fc conjugation (Dumont et al., 2005).
- The use of radioactive and non-radioactive diagnostic agents, which are linked to the HIV targeting molecules, is contemplated. Suitable non-radioactive diagnostic agents are those used for magnetic resonance imaging (MM), computed tomography (CT) or ultrasound. MRI agents include, for example, non-radioactive metals, such as manganese, iron and gadolinium, which are complexed with suitable chelates such as 2-benzyl-DTPA and its monomethyl and cyclohexyl analogs. See U.S. Ser. No. 09/921,290 filed on Oct. 10, 2001, which is incorporated in its entirety by reference.
- The HIV targeting molecules may be labeled with a radioisotope useful for diagnostic imaging. Suitable radioisotopes may include those in the energy range of 60 to 4,000 KeV, or more specifically, 18F, 52Fe, 62Cu, 64Cu, 67Cu, 67Ga, 68Ga, 86Y, 89Zr 94mTc, 94Tc, 99mTc, 45Ti, 111In, 123I, 124I, 125I, 131I, 154-158Gd, 177Lu, 32P, 188Re, and the like, or a combination thereof. See, e.g., U.S. patent application entitled “Labeling Targeting Agents with Gallium-68”—Inventors G. L. Griffiths and W. J. McBride, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/342,104, which discloses positron emitters, such as 18F, 68Ga, 94mTc, and the like, for imaging purposes; (incorporated herein by reference). Detection can be achieved, for example, by single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT), or positron emission tomography (PET).
- In another embodiment the HIV targeting molecules may be labeled with one or more radioactive isotopes useful for killing HIV-infected cells, which include β-emitters (such as 32P, 33P, 47Sc, 67Cu, 67Ga, 89Sr, 90Y, 111Ag, 125I, 131I, 142Pr, 153Sm, 161Tb, 166Ho, 166Dy, 177Lu, 186Re, 188Re, 189Re), Auger electron emitters (such as 111In, 125I, 67Ga, 191Os, 193mPt, 195mPt, 195mHo, α-emitters (such as 212Pb, 212Bi, 213Bi, 211At, 223Ra, 225Ac), or a combination thereof.
- The HIV targeting molecules may be used for MRI by linking to one or more image enhancing agents, which may include complexes of metals selected from the group consisting of chromium (III), manganese (II), iron (III), iron (II), cobalt (II), nickel (II), copper (II), neodymium (III), samarium (III), ytterbium (III), gadolinium (III), vanadium (II), terbium (III), dysprosium (III), holmium (III) and erbium (III). Similarly, the HIV targeting molecules may be used for ultrasound imaging by linking to one or more image enhancing agents currently on the market. U.S. Pat. No. 6,331,175 describes MRI technique and the preparation of antibodies conjugated to an MRI enhancing agent and is incorporated in its entirety by reference.
- A functional protein, such as a toxin, may be present in the HIV targeting molecules in several ways. For example, a functional protein may be directly attached to an anti-HIV antibody or fragment as a fusion protein, using standard molecular biology techniques. Alternatively functional proteins may be covalently conjugated to anti-HIV antibodies or fragments by known chemical cross-linking methods. Toxins that may be used in this regard include ricin, abrin, ribonuclease (RNase), DNase I, Staphylococcal enterotoxin-A, pokeweed antiviral protein, gelonin, diphtherin toxin, Pseudomonas exotoxin, and Pseudomonas endotoxin. (See, e.g., Pastan et al., Cell (1986), 47:641; Goldenberg, CA—A Cancer Journal for Clinicians (1994), 44:43; Sharkey and Goldenberg, CA Cancer J. Clin. 56:226 (2006), each incorporated herein by reference.) Additional toxins suitable for use herein are known to those of skill in the art and are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,077,499, which is incorporated in its entirety by reference. Other functional proteins of interest include various cytokines, enzymes, and fluorescent proteins.
- Pretargeting is a multistep process originally developed to resolve the slow blood clearance of directly targeting antibodies, which contributes to undesirable toxicity to normal tissues, in particular, bone marrow. With pretargeting, a radionuclide or other therapeutic agent is attached to a small compound that is cleared within minutes from the blood. The pretargeting agent, which is capable of recognizing the small radiolabeled compound in addition to the target antigen, is administered first, and the radiolabeled compound is administered at a later time when the pretargeting agent is sufficiently cleared from the blood.
- A pretargeting method of treating or diagnosing a disease or disorder in a subject is provided by: (1) administering to the subject a bispecific HIV-targeting molecule as described above, where at least one antigen binding site is directed against an HIV marker, and the other antigen binding site is directed to a targetable construct containing a bivalent hapten; (2) optionally administering to the subject a clearing composition, and allowing the composition to clear the binding structure from circulation; and (3) administering to the subject the targetable construct containing a bivalent hapten, where the targetable construct further contains one or more chelated or chemically bound therapeutic or diagnostic agents. A variety of clearing agents and methods are known in the art and may be used for pretargeting, such as anti-idiotypic antibodies that complex with an HIV-targeting antibody or attachment of tags or labels (e.g., monosaccharides) to an HIV-targeting antibody that may be complexed with other agents (such as a monosaccharide-binding antibody). Use of avidin-biotin binding interactions for clearing methods are also known in the art.
- Also provided is a method of antibody dependent enzyme prodrug therapy (ADEPT) by (1) administering to a patient an HIV targeting molecule as above, where the structure contains a covalently attached enzyme capable of activating a prodrug, (2) optionally administering to the subject a clearing composition, and allowing the composition to clear the binding structure from circulation, and (3) administering the prodrug to the patient.
- IMP 411 Targetable Construct
- In preferred embodiments, a targetable construct may comprise one or more histamine-succinyl-glycine (HSG) moieties and an antigen-binding site may be associated with an HSG-binding antibody or fragment, such as the 679 antibody or fragment. (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,962,702, incorporated herein by reference). The targetable construct may be conjugated to any known diagnostic and/or therapeutic agent, using known pretargeting techniques (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,962,702). An exemplary targetable construct, known as IMP 411, that comprises two HSG moieties has the formula DOTA-D-Cys(3-SP-Gly-20-O-SN38)-D-Ala-D-Lys(HSG)-D-Tyr-D-Lys(HSG)-NH2. IMP 411 may be linked, for example, to SN38 chemotherapeutic agents, as indicated in the formula above. Alternatively, other therapeutic or diagnostic agents may be incorporated into or conjugated to the same peptide backbone.
- In certain embodiments, HIV targeting molecules may be of use in treating and/or imaging HIV-infected tissues, for example using the methods described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,126,916; 6,077,499; 6,010,680; 5,776,095; 5,776,094; 5,776,093; 5,772,981; 5,753,206; 5,746,996; 5,697,902; 5,328,679; 5,128,119; 5,101,827; and 4,735,210, each incorporated herein by reference. Additional methods are described in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/337,756 filed Jun. 22, 1999 and in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/823,746, filed Apr. 3, 2001. Such imaging can be conducted by direct labeling of the HIV targeting molecule, or by a pretargeted imaging method, as described in Goldenberg et al, “Antibody Pretargeting Advances Cancer Radioimmunodetection and Radiotherapy,” (J. Clin. Oncol., 2006 24:823-34), see also U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 20050002945, 20040018557, 20030148409 and 20050014207, each incorporated herein by reference.
- In some embodiments, the HIV targeting molecules disclosed and claimed herein may be of use in radionuclide therapy or radioimmunotherapy methods (see, e.g., Govindan et al., 2005, Technology in Cancer Research & Treatment, 4:375-91; Sharkey and Goldenberg, 2005, J. Nucl. Med. 46:115S-127S; Goldenberg et al., 2006, J. Clin. Oncol. 24:823-34, each incorporated herein by reference.)
- In another embodiment, a radiosensitizer can be used in combination with a naked or conjugated HIV targeting molecule, antibody or antibody fragment. For example, the radiosensitizer can be used in combination with a radiolabeled HIV targeting molecule. The addition of the radiosensitizer can result in enhanced efficacy when compared to treatment with the radiolabeled HIV targeting molecule alone. Radiosensitizers are described in D. M. Goldenberg (ed.), CANCER THERAPY WITH RADIOLABELED ANTIBODIES, CRC Press (1995), which is incorporated herein by reference.
- The HIV targeting molecule, for use in any of the claimed methods, may be associated or administered with cytokines and immune modulators. These cytokines and immune modulators, include, at least, interferons of alpha, beta and gamma, and colony stimulating factors. However, other immune modulators are known and may be used, such as IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-6, IL-10, IL-12, IL-18, TNF-α, stem cell growth factors, lymphotoxins, erythropoietin, thrombopoietin, G-CSF, GM-CSF, Si factor or a combination thereof.
- Alternative embodiments concern methods for the intravascular identification of HIV-infected tissues, in a subject by administering an effective amount of a HIV targeting molecule and a targetable construct. The HIV targeting molecule comprises at least one ABS that specifically binds to an HIV antigen, and at least one ABS that specifically binds a targetable construct.
- Kits
- Some embodiments concern kits for practicing the claimed methods. The kit may include an HIV targeting molecule. The targeting molecule may be labeled by any of the agents described above. Further, the targeting molecule may be unlabeled but the kit may comprise labeling reagents to label the targeting molecule. The labeling reagents, if included, may contain the label and a crosslinker. The kit may also contain a HIV targeting molecule comprising at least one antibody specific for an HIV antigen and at least one antibody specific for a carrier. The kit may optionally contain a clearing composition to remove HIV targeting molecule from circulation.
- The kit components may be packaged together or separated into two or more separate containers. In some embodiments, the containers may be vials that contain sterile, lyophilized formulations of a composition that are suitable for reconstitution. A kit may also contain one or more buffers suitable for reconstitution and/or dilution of other reagents. Other containers that may be used include, but are not limited to, a pouch, tray, box, tube, or the like. Kit components may be packaged and maintained sterilely within the containers. Another component that can be included is instructions to a person using a kit for its use.
- In Vivo Diagnosis
- Anti-HIV antibodies or fragments are of use for in vivo diagnosis. Methods of diagnostic imaging with labeled Mabs are well-known. For example, in the technique of immunoscintigraphy, anti-HIV antibodies are labeled with a gamma-emitting radioisotope and introduced into a patient. A gamma camera is used to detect the location and distribution of gamma-emitting radioisotopes. See, for example, Srivastava (ed.), RADIOLABELED MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES FOR IMAGING AND THERAPY (Plenum Press 1988), Chase, “Medical Applications of Radioisotopes,” in REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, 18th Edition, Gennaro et al. (eds.), pp. 624-652 (Mack Publishing Co., 1990), and Brown, “Clinical Use of Monoclonal Antibodies,” in BIOTECHNOLOGY AND PHARMACY 227-49, Pezzuto et al. (eds.) (Chapman & Hall 1993). Also preferred is the use of positron-emitting radionuclides (PET isotopes), such as with an energy of 511 keV, such as fluorine-18 (18F), gallium-68 (68Ga), and iodine-124 (124I). Such imaging can be conducted by direct labeling of the anti-HIV antibody or fragment, or by a pretargeted imaging method, as described in Goldenberg et al., 2006, J. Clin. Oncol. 24:823-34; see also U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 20050002945, 20040018557, 20030148409 and 20050014207, each incorporated herein by reference.
- For diagnostic imaging, radioisotopes may be bound to the anti-HIV antibody or fragment either directly or indirectly by using an intermediary functional group. Useful intermediary functional groups include chelators such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid and diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid. For example, see Shih et al., supra, and U.S. Pat. No. 5,057,313.
- The radiation dose delivered to the patient is maintained at as low a level as possible through the choice of isotope for the best combination of minimum half-life, minimum retention in the body, and minimum quantity of isotope which will permit detection and accurate measurement. Examples of radioisotopes that can be bound to anti-HIV antibody and are appropriate for diagnostic imaging include 99mTc and 111In.
- The anti-HIV antibody or fragments thereof also can be labeled with paramagnetic ions and a variety of radiological contrast agents for purposes of in vivo diagnosis. Contrast agents that are particularly useful for magnetic resonance imaging comprise gadolinium, manganese, dysprosium, lanthanum, or iron ions. Additional agents include chromium, copper, cobalt, nickel, rhenium, europium, terbium, holmium, or neodymium. Anti-HIV antibody or fragments thereof can also be conjugated to ultrasound contrast/enhancing agents. For example, one ultrasound contrast agent is a liposome that comprises a humanized anti-HIV IgG or fragment thereof. Also preferred, the ultrasound contrast agent is a liposome that is gas filled.
- In a preferred embodiment, a bispecific antibody can be conjugated to a contrast agent. For example, the bispecific antibody may comprise more than one image-enhancing agent for use in ultrasound imaging. In a preferred embodiment, the contrast agent is a liposome. Preferably, the liposome comprises a bivalent DTPA-peptide covalently attached to the outside surface of the liposome. Still more preferred, the liposome is gas filled.
- Imaging Agents and Radioisotopes
- In certain embodiments, the claimed peptides or proteins may be attached to imaging agents of use for imaging and diagnosis of various diseased organs, tissues or cell types. Many appropriate imaging agents are known in the art, as are methods for their attachment to proteins or peptides (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,021,236 and 4,472,509, both incorporated herein by reference). Certain attachment methods involve the use of a metal chelate complex employing, for example, an organic chelating agent such a DTPA attached to the protein or peptide (U.S. Pat. No. 4,472,509). Proteins or peptides also may be reacted with an enzyme in the presence of a coupling agent such as glutaraldehyde or periodate. Conjugates with fluorescein markers are prepared in the presence of these coupling agents or by reaction with an isothiocyanate.
- Non-limiting examples of paramagnetic ions of potential use as imaging agents include chromium (III), manganese (II), iron (III), iron (II), cobalt (II), nickel (II), copper (II), neodymium (III), samarium (III), ytterbium (III), gadolinium (III), vanadium (II), terbium (III), dysprosium (III), holmium (III) and erbium (III), with gadolinium being particularly preferred. Ions useful in other contexts, such as X-ray imaging, include but are not limited to lanthanum (III), gold (III), lead (II), and especially bismuth (III).
- Radioisotopes of potential use as imaging or therapeutic agents include astatine211 14carbon, 51chromium, 36chlorine, 57cobalt, 58cobalt, copper62, copper64, copper67, 152Eu, fluorine18, gallium67, gallium68, 3hydrogen, iodine123, iodine124, iodine125, iodine131, indium111, 52iron, 59iron, 32phosphorus, 33phosphorus, rhenium186, rhenium88, Sc47, 75selenium, silver111, 35sulphur, technicium94m technicium99m yttrium86 and yttrium90. 125I is often being preferred for use in certain embodiments, and technicium99m and indium111 are also often preferred due to their low energy and suitability for long range detection.
- Radioactively labeled proteins or peptides may be produced according to well-known methods in the art. For instance, they can be iodinated by contact with sodium or potassium iodide and a chemical oxidizing agent such as sodium hypochlorite, or an enzymatic oxidizing agent, such as lactoperoxidase. Proteins or peptides may be labeled with technetium99m by ligand exchange process, for example, by reducing pertechnate with stannous solution, chelating the reduced technetium onto a Sephadex column and applying the peptide to this column or by direct labeling techniques, e.g., by incubating pertechnate, a reducing agent such as SNCl2, a buffer solution such as sodium-potassium phthalate solution, and the peptide. Intermediary functional groups which are often used to bind radioisotopes which exist as metallic ions to peptides include diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA), DOTA, NOTA, porphyrin chelators and ethylene diaminetetracetic acid (EDTA). Also contemplated for use are fluorescent labels, including rhodamine, fluorescein isothiocyanate and renographin.
- In certain embodiments, the anti-HIV antibodies or fragments may be linked to a secondary binding ligand or to an enzyme (an enzyme tag) that will generate a colored product upon contact with a chromogenic substrate. Examples of suitable enzymes include urease, alkaline phosphatase, (horseradish) hydrogen peroxidase and glucose oxidase. Preferred secondary binding ligands are biotin and avidin or streptavidin compounds. The use of such labels is well known to those of skill in the art in light and is described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,817,837; 3,850,752; 3,939,350; 3,996,345; 4,277,437; 4,275,149 and 4,366,241; each incorporated herein by reference. These fluorescent labels are preferred for in vitro uses, but may also be of utility in in vivo applications, particularly endoscopic or intravascular detection procedures.
- In alternative embodiments, anti-HIV antibody or fragments may be tagged with a fluorescent marker. Non-limiting examples of photodetectable labels include Alexa 350, Alexa 430, AMCA, aminoacridine, BODIPY 630/650, BODIPY 650/665, BODIPY-FL, BODIPY-R6G, BODIPY-TMR, BODIPY-TRX, 5-carboxy-4′,5′-dichloro-2′,7′-dimethoxy fluorescein, 5-carboxy-2′,4′,5′,7′-tetrachlorofluorescein, 5-carboxyfluorescein, 5-carboxyrhodamine, 6-carboxyrhodamine, 6-carboxytetramethyl amino, Cascade Blue, Cy2, Cy3, Cy5,6-FAM, dansyl chloride, Fluorescein, HEX, 6-JOE, NBD (7-nitrobenz-2-oxa-1,3-diazole), Oregon Green 488, Oregon Green 500, Oregon Green 514, Pacific Blue, phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, cresyl fast violet, cresyl blue violet, brilliant cresyl blue, para-aminobenzoic acid, erythrosine, phthalocyanines, azomethines, cyanines, xanthines, succinylfluoresceins, rare earth metal cryptates, europium trisbipyridine diamine, a europium cryptate or chelate, diamine, dicyanins, La Jolla blue dye, allopycocyanin, allococyanin B, phycocyanin C, phycocyanin R, thiamine, phycoerythrocyanin, phycoerythrin R, REG, Rhodamine Green, rhodamine isothiocyanate, Rhodamine Red, ROX, TAMRA, TET, TRIT (tetramethyl rhodamine isothiol), Tetramethylrhodamine, and Texas Red. These and other luminescent labels may be obtained from commercial sources such as Molecular Probes (Eugene, Oreg.).
- Chemiluminescent labeling compounds of use may include luminol, isoluminol, an aromatic acridinium ester, an imidazole, an acridinium salt and an oxalate ester, or a bioluminescent compound such as luciferin, luciferase and aequorin.
- In various embodiments, labels of use may comprise metal nanoparticles. Methods of preparing nanoparticles are known. (See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,054,495; 6,127,120; 6,149,868; Lee and Meisel, J. Phys. Chem. 86:3391-3395, 1982.) Nanoparticles may also be obtained from commercial sources (e.g., Nanoprobes Inc., Yaphank, N.Y.; Polysciences, Inc., Warrington, Pa.). Modified nanoparticles are available commercially, such as Nanogold® nanoparticles from Nanoprobes, Inc. (Yaphank, N.Y.). Functionalized nanoparticles of use for conjugation to proteins or peptides may be commercially obtained.
- In some embodiments, anti-HIV antibodies or fragments or other HIV targeting molecules may be labeled using various cross-linking reagents known in the art, such as homo-bifunctional, hetero-bifunctional and/or photoactivatable cross-linking reagents. Non-limiting examples of such reagents include bisimidates; 1,5-difluoro-2,4-(dinitrobenzene); N-hydroxysuccinimide ester of suberic acid; disuccinimidyl tartarate; dimethyl-3,3′-dithio-bispropionimidate; N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionate; 4-(bromoaminoethyl)-2-nitrophenylazide; and 4-azidoglyoxal. In an exemplary embodiment, a carbodiimide cross-linker, such as DCCD or EDC, may be used to cross-link acidic residues to amino or other groups. Such reagents may be modified to attach various types of labels, such as fluorescent labels.
- Bifunctional cross-linking reagents have been extensively used for a variety of purposes. Homobifunctional reagents that carry two identical functional groups proved to be highly efficient in inducing cross-linking between identical and different macromolecules or subunits of a macromolecule, and linking of polypeptide ligands to their specific binding sites. Heterobifunctional reagents contain two different functional groups. By taking advantage of the differential reactivities of the two different functional groups, cross-linking can be controlled both selectively and sequentially. The bifunctional cross-linking reagents can be divided according to the specificity of their functional groups, e.g., amino, sulfhydryl, guanidino, indole, carboxyl specific groups. Of these, reagents directed to free amino groups have become especially popular because of their commercial availability, ease of synthesis and the mild reaction conditions under which they can be applied. A majority of heterobifunctional cross-linking reagents contains a primary amine-reactive group and a thiol-reactive group.
- In another example, heterobifunctional cross-linking reagents and methods of using the cross-linking reagents are described (U.S. Pat. No. 5,889,155, incorporated herein by reference). The cross-linking reagents combine a nucleophilic hydrazide residue with an electrophilic maleimide residue, allowing coupling in one example, of aldehydes to free thiols. The cross-linking reagent can be modified to cross-link various functional groups.
- The following examples are included to demonstrate preferred embodiments of the invention. It should be appreciated by those of skill in the art that the techniques disclosed in the examples which follow represent techniques discovered to function well in the practice of the invention, and thus can be considered to constitute preferred modes for its practice. However, those of skill in the art should, in light of the present disclosure, appreciate that many changes can be made in the specific embodiments which are disclosed and still obtain a like or similar result without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
- To demonstrate the efficacy of an immunoconjugate against HIV-1, murine monoclonal antibody (Mab) against the envelope antigen of HIV (P4/D10) was conjugated with the conventional anti-cancer drug, doxorubicin, and tested against infectious virus and infected cells, both in vitro and in vivo. P4/D10 antibody was incubated with free virus (neutralization) or HIV-infected cells (inhibition) and the resulting infection was measured by a p24 capture enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay. In an HIV-1/MuLV mouse challenge model the ability of the conjugate to inhibit infection in vivo was measured.
- Doxorubicin-conjugated P4/D10 neutralized HIV-1IIIB and eliminated intercellular spread and HIV replication in infected Jurkat cells in vitro. It also protected mice from challenge with HIV-1IIIB/MuLV at an eight-fold lower concentration than needed for free antibody, whereas no effects were observed for free drug or irrelevant conjugate controls.
- These results demonstrate that doxorubicin was concentrated to HIV-infected cells by the P4/D10 antibody, significantly (p=0.0001) contributing to HIV elimination. The same compositions and methods are of use to eradicate remaining antigen-expressing T-cells in patients treated with ART (anti-retroviral therapy).
- In this study, we conjugated doxorubicin, an anticancer anthracycline with known pharmacology, toxicology, and antitumor activity in patients, to a neutralizing and ADCC-mediating monoclonal antibody (Mab) developed against the HIV-1 outer envelope gp120 (third variable loop region).
- The P4/D10 antibody conjugated to doxorubicin was tested in vitro for its efficacy in eliminating HIV-1-infected cells among non-infected cells and in a mouse model by removing HIV-1/MuLV (murine leukemia virus) infected syngeneic cells from the intraperitoneal cavity. The anti-gp120 antibody, P4/D10, neutralizes HIV-1 virus and mediates ADCC (Broliden et al., 1990). It has also been used in its unconjugated form in a phase-I clinical trial for late-stage HIV-1 infected individuals, where it decreased HIV antigens for an extended period of time (Hinkula et al., 1994). The present study was the first to examine the combination of P4/D10 in a drug-conjugated form in a preclinical HIV model, in comparison to free Mab, free drug, and the irrelevant antibodies hRS7 (Stein et al., Int J Cancer 1993, 55:938-946) and hLL1 Griffiths et al., Clin Cancer Res 2003, 9:6567-6571; Sapra et al., Clin Cancer Res 2005, 11:5257-5264), that were conjugated similarly with doxorubicin.
- Antibodies and Drug Conjugation.
- Conjugation of doxorubicin with the IgG1κ anti-gp120 antibody P4/D10 (Broliden et al., 1990) and the control antibodies, as well as the preparation of the bifunctional doxorubicin hydrazone derivative with a maleimide group, were performed according to Griffiths et al. (2003). Briefly, antibodies P4/D10, hLL1 (humanized anti-CD74), and hRS7 (humanized anti-EGP-1) in a final concentration of approximately 9 mg/ml, were mildly reduced with DTT (dithiothreitol) in PBS (pH 7.5) containing 5 mM EDTA, using about 2.2 mM final DTT concentration, corresponding to a 38-fold molar excess of the reductant with respect to the antibodies. The solutions were incubated at 37° C. for 40 min. The reduced Mabs were purified on spin-columns of SEPHADEX® G50/80 in 50 mM sodium acetate buffer containing 150 mM NaCl and 2 mM EDTA (pH 5.3). The number of thiol groups generated on the antibodies was determined by Ellman's assay. For conjugation, mildly reduced antibodies at 6.5 mg/ml were mixed with the bifunctional doxorubicin. The incubates were kept on ice for 15 min, and purified on spin columns of G50/80 in 0.1 M sodium acetate (pH 6.5), followed by passage through a short column of BIO-BEADS™ SM2 (Bio-Rad, Hercules, Calif.) equilibrated in the same buffer. The products were analyzed for doxorubicin/Mab substitution ratios by measuring absorbance. Size-exclusion HPLC analyses were performed on an analytical Bio-Sil 250 column.
- A GMP-produced lot of IgG from HIV infected patients (HIVIgG) (Guay et al. AIDS 2002, 16:1391-1400) was used as positive control and sera from HIV-negative individuals as negative controls. Free doxorubicin, as well as the anticancer humanized Mabs LL1 and RS7, similarly conjugated with doxorubicin, were included as controls for the conjugated P4/D10 antibody.
- HIV-1 neutralization assay. Doxorubicin P4/D10, unlabelled P4/D10, HIV immunoglobulin (HIVIgG), and HIV-negative serum were mixed with the HIV-1 isolate HIV-IIIB (LAI) and incubated for 1 h at 37° C. before 50,000 Jurkat T-cells/well were added. After 1 h of incubation, the cells were washed with medium and new complete medium added (200 μl/well). After 7 days of culture, the amount of p24 produced was measured by a p24 capture ELISA (enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay) and the percent inhibition of HIV-1 p24 production was calculated.
- HIV-1 inhibition in vitro. Jurkat T-cells were infected with HIV-1IIIB by mixing 5-10×106 cells with 100×TCID50 HIV-1IIIB and incubating for 1 h at 37° C. The cells were washed in medium and incubated at 37° C. Every third day, medium was changed and supernatant checked for p24 production. When close to 100% of the cells were infected, different proportions of HIV-1IIIB-infected cells were mixed with uninfected cells. The cells were treated with serial dilutions of antibodies, serum, or free doxorubicin from 100 to 0.00001 μg/ml. After seven days of culture at 37° C., HIV-1 p24 inhibition was measured and supernatants from cells previously treated with 0.1-10 μg/ml of doxorubicin-P4/D10, unconjugated P4/D10, and 0.05-0.5 mg/ml HIV-negative serum were collected and transferred to fresh Jurkat T-cells to test if infectious HIV was identified by the p24 ELISA at
days - HIV-1/MuLV Challenge Model.
- A human T-cell line, CEM-1B, with a genetically integrated MuLV genome was infected with HIV-1IIIB, which led to the production of pseudoviruses with the HIV-1 genome and the MuLV envelope (Adang et al., PNAS USA 1999, 96:12749-753; Hinkula et al., Cells Tissues Organs 2004, 177:169-184). These virus supernatants were used to infect splenocytes from C57Bl/6×DBA F1 Kb/d mice transgenic for HLA-A201. Isogenic mice were challenged with HIV-1IIIB/MuLV infected splenocytes i.p. and were immediately given conjugated antibodies, free antibodies or free doxorubicin i.p. Ten days after challenge, mice were sacrificed and peritoneal cells collected. Peritoneal cells were pelleted and added to 1×106 HIV susceptible Jurkat T-cells or human PBMC grown in 24-well plates. From these secondary cultures, supernatant was removed and fresh medium added every 3-4 days. The amount of infectious HIV recovered in the supernatant was measured for 3 weeks by p24 ELISA.
- Statistical Analysis.
- To compare the in vitro HIV-1 neutralizing capacities of the anti-gp120 Mabs and control antibodies, Student's t-test and the non-parametric Kruskal-Wallis test were used. Statistical comparisons between the groups of mice treated with different antibodies were performed using the nonparametric Mann-Whitney U and Kruskal-Wallis tests. A difference was considered significant when a p-value of <0.05 was obtained. A non-parametric one-way ANOVA test was performed using GraphPad Prism version 4.0a (GraphPad Software, San Diego, Calif.) and was used for comparisons of HIV-1 isolation and p24 antigen positivity between the study groups.
- The number of thiol groups generated on the respective antibodies by mild reduction, as well as the doxorubicin/Mab substitution ratios in the final purified conjugates, ranged between 8.8 (P4/D10, hRS7) and 9.4 (hLL1), giving a ratio of approximately 9 drug molecules per IgG. High-pressure liquid chromatographic analyses showed that the conjugates and the native Mabs possessed similar retention times, with zero to minimal aggregation (data not shown).
- No significant difference in HIV-1 neutralizing capacity of free HIV-1 virus (
FIG. 1A ) could be shown between the doxorubicin-conjugated P4/D10 Mab and either unconjugated P4/D10 Mab or the HIVIgG antibodies. However, all anti HIV-1 specific antibodies were significantly better then the negative control serum (p=0.001) at neutralizing HIV-1IIIB. - When 3% HIV-1IIIB infected Jurkat cells were mixed with 97% uninfected cells, doxorubicin-P4/D10 mediated a significantly (p=0.002) stronger inhibition of intercellular spread of HIV-1 infection than free P4/D10, doxorubicin-conjugated control antibody, hLL1, or free doxorubicin at a concentration of 0.5 or 0.05 μg/ml (
FIG. 1B ). Similar results were seen at all other concentrations of infected and uninfected cells. It was of particular interest that the intercellular spread of infection appeared to be inhibited even more potently than the effect obtained with doxorubicin-P4/D10 as a neutralizing agent. Also, no infectious virus could be found in the cultures treated with high doses of doxorubicin-P4/D10, since no p24 production was detected after transfer of supernatants from these cell cultures to uninfected Jurkat cells (data not shown). The significant difference in effect between doxorubicin-P4/D10 and unconjugated P4/D10 could not have been predicted from the results on neutralization of free HIV-1 virus (FIG. 1A ). - To test the efficacy of doxorubicin-P4/D10 antibody in vivo, mice were given isogeneic HIV/MuLV-infected cells together with conjugates intraperitoneally. Peritoneal cells were harvested 10 days later and infectious HIV was demonstrated in all controls, similar to previous studies (Hinkula et al., 2004). The doxorubicin-P4/D10 antibody protected mice completely against challenge with HIV-1 infected primary lympoid cells (p=0.0001) (
FIG. 2 ). No infectious HIV was recovered from peritoneal cells after challenge and treatment with 100 μg of doxorubicin-P4/D10 antibody. When mice were treated with 100 g of unconjugated P4/D10 antibody, all were positive for p24 production. Complete protection by antibody alone was seen only when the dose was increased eight-fold, to 800 μg unconjugated P4/D10 per mouse. None of the doxorubicin-conjugated control antibodies (hLL1 or hRS7) provided any protection at doses of 100-200 μg, nor did doses of 100-400 μg of free doxorubicin. - The results above show that the total virus-inhibiting properties of an antibody directed against the envelope of HIV-1 could be amplified significantly by coupling to doxorubicin. Doxorubicin-P4/D10 was capable of eliminating HIV-1 infected cells in vitro, as well as in an experimental in vivo challenge model. The ability of the unconjugated P4/D10 Mab to mediate ADCC against HIV-1 infected target cells as well as neutralizing HIV-1 (Broliden et al., 1990; Hinkula et al., 1994) may enhance its efficacy as a drug immunoconjugate in a non-toxic manner.
- An anticancer anti-CD74 Mab, LL1, conjugated similarly to doxorubicin, has at very low doses shown remarkable activity in vitro and in human xenograft models of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma or multiple myeloma (Griffiths et al., 2003; Sapra et al., 2005). These studies, as well as toxicology in monkeys, indicated that only very high doses of the immunoconjugate would result in evidence of bone marrow suppression, but no cardiac toxicity related to doxorubicin was observed (Sapra et al., 2005). To avoid virus escape, antibodies directed against both conserved and variable sites of accessible epitopes of HIV should be tested together (Trkola et al., 2005; Ferrantelli et al., J Infect Dis 2004, 189:2167-2173).
- In previous in vitro studies, HIV-1 specific immunoglobulins conjugated to Pseudomonas exotoxin A (PE40) removed HIV-1 infected cells (Pincus et al., 2003; Ashorn et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 1990, 87:8889-8893). However, in clinical trials, PE40 coupled to CD4 cells proved to be immunogenic and hepatotoxic (Davey et al., 1994; Ramachandran et al., 1994). Thus, the present results, showing efficacy of a doxorubicin-Mab conjugate with little or no side effects, are surprising and unexpected. The toxicity of PE40-CD4 might be explained by formation of toxic complexes with free gp120, which is present in high concentrations in non-ART treated patients with high viral load (Berger et al., 1998). In order to avoid potential toxicity problems associated with high viral loads, molecules targeting HIV-envelope-specific epitopes should preferably be used in the setting when viral burden is low, such as during ART, early in HIV infection or even shortly after a known or potential exposure to infection with HIV. For example, health care workers exposed to accidental needle stick with HIV-contaminated or potentially contaminated blood or other fluids may be treated with a conjugated antibody according to the disclosed methods. As a result of the anticellular activity of the doxorubicin-P4/D10 conjugate, the addition of a drug conjugate to patients treated with ART may eliminate antigen-carrying cells as well as free virions, and thus reduce the viral load even further. The skilled artisan will realize that the claimed compositions and methods are not limited to a doxorubicin conjugate of P4/D10, but rather may utilize other known cytotoxic agents conjugated to P4/D10 or to other known anti-HIV antibodies.
- In other embodiments, in order to avoid non-specific toxicity, bispecific antibodies and other pretargeting strategies may be used, in which antibody targeting and delivery of the toxic agent are separated (Wu et al., 2005). This strategy has shown promising results both in preclinical and in clinical cancer trials (Forero et al., Blood 2004, 104:227-236; Rossi et al., Clin Cancer Res 2005, 11:7122s-7129s). For in vivo use in human subjects, human or humanized forms of antibody for repeated clinical use are preferred.
- A 47-year old male patient is determined to be seropositive for HIV. The patient has a CD4 count of less than 200/mm3. The patient is treated with a standard regimen of the non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor nevirapine. CD4 cell count improves to 300/mm3, but the patient is still seropositive for HIV. The patient is treated with humanized doxorubicin-P4/D10 antibody. The patient's CD4 count improves to over 350/mm3 and the patient is no longer seropositive for HIV. One year later, the patient remains asymptomatic and there is no detectable presence of HIV infection.
- A 30-year old nurse practitioner is exposed to an accidental needle stick with HIV positive blood. Within 1 hour, the subject is treated with humanized doxorubicin-P4/D10 antibody. One year later, there is no sign of HIV infection in the subject.
- A 28-year old male patient is determined to be seropositive for HIV. The patient has a CD4 count of less than 200/mm3. The patient is treated with a standard regimen of the non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor nevirapine. CD4 cell count improves to 300/mm3, but the patient is still seropositive for HIV. The patient is treated with a bispecific antibody comprising a humanized 4E10 Fab-734 scFv, prepared using methods disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,052,872 (incorporated herein by reference). A 24 hour incubation after injection was used to allow free bispecific antibody to clear from circulation, followed by injection of 5-fluorouracil conjugated to targeting peptide IMP-156 (Id.). The patient's CD4 count improves to over 350/mm3 and the patient is no longer seropositive for HIV. One year later, the patient remains asymptomatic and there is no detectable presence of HIV infection.
- A 35-year old male patient is determined to be seropositive for HIV. The patient has a CD4 count of less than 180/mm3. The patient is treated with a standard regimen of the non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor nevirapine. CD4 cell count improves to 250/mm3, but the patient is still seropositive for HIV. The patient is treated with a bispecific antibody comprising a bispecific anti-gp120 P4/D10 IgG1×Fab-679, prepared by the DNL technique using methods disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 11/389,358, 11/391,584, 11/478,021 and 11/633,729, incorporated herein by reference. A 24 hour incubation after injection was used to allow free bispecific antibody to clear from circulation, followed by injection of SN38 conjugated to targeting peptide IMP-411. The patient's CD4 count improves to over 325/mm3 and the patient is no longer seropositive for HIV. One year later, the patient remains asymptomatic and there is no detectable presence of HIV infection.
- cDNAs encoding the VL and VH regions of a mouse monoclonal antibody against HIV envelope protein are isolated and separately recombinantly subcloned into mammalian expression vectors containing the genes encoding kappa and IgG1 constant regions, respectively, of human antibodies. Cotransfection of mammalian cells with these two recombinant DNAs results in expression of a humanized Mab that has the same binding and therapeutic characteristics of the parent mouse Mab.
- The CDRs of the VK and VH DNAs are recombinantly linked to the framework (FR) sequences of the human VK and VH regions, respectively, which are subsequently linked, respectively, to the human kappa and IgG1 constant regions, so as to express in mammalian cells. Generally, as discussed herein, “chimeric” Mabs are formed by joining or subcloning murine VK and VH regions to human constant light and heavy chains, respectively, while “humanized” Mabs are further derivatized by replacing the murine framework (FR) sequences in the chimeric Mab with the corresponding human FR sequences. As discussed below, the humanized Mab may be further optimized by replacement of one or more human FR amino acids with corresponding murine FR amino acids, particularly for FR residues touching or close to the CDR amino acid residues.
- In various embodiments, antibody variable domains can be modeled by computer modeling (see, for example, Dion, “Humanization of Monoclonal Antibodies: Molecular Approaches and Applications,” in Goldenberg et al. eds., Cancer Therapy With Radiolabeled Antibodies, Ch. 19, CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla., 1994), which is incorporated herein by reference. In general, the 3-D structure for Mabs are best modeled by homology, preferably following identification of human FR sequences showing high (over 75%, preferably over 85%, more preferably over 90%, more preferably over 95%) homology with the murine FR sequences to be replaced. Wherever possible, side group replacements should be performed so as to maintain the torsion angle between Cα and Cβ. Energy minimization may be accomplished by the AMBER forcefield (Weiner et al, J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 106: 765, 1984) using the convergent method. Potentially critical FR-CDR interactions can be determined by initially modeling the light and heavy variable chains. All murine FR residues within a 4.5 angstrom radius of all atoms within each CDR can thereby be identified and retained in the final design model of the humanized antibody.
- Once the sequences for the VK and VH domains are designed, CDR engrafting can be accomplished by gene synthesis using long synthetic DNA oligonucleotides as templates and short oligonucleotides as primers in a PCR reaction. In most cases, the DNA encoding the VK or VH domain will be approximately 350 bp long. By taking advantage of codon degeneracy, a unique restriction site may easily be introduced, without changing the encoded amino acids, at regions close to the middle of the V gene DNA sequence. Two long non-overlapping single-stranded DNA oligonucleotides about. 150 bp upstream and downstream of the restriction site can be generated by automated DNA oligonucleotide synthesizer (Cyclone Plus DNA Synthesizer, Milligen-Biosearch). As the yields of full length DNA oligonucleotides may be expected to be low, they can be amplified by two pairs of flanking primers in a PCR reaction.
- The primers can be designed with the necessary restriction sites to facilitate subsequent subcloning. Primers for oligo A and for oligo B should contain overlapping sequence at the restriction site so that the resultant PCR product for oligo A and B, respectively, can be joined in-frame at the restriction site to form a full length DNA sequence (ca 350 bp) encoding the VH domain.
- The ligation of the PCR products for oligo A and B and their subcloning into appropriate restriction sites of the staging vector can be completed in a single three-fragment-ligation step. The subcloning of the correct sequence into the staging vector can be first analyzed by restriction digestion analysis and subsequently confirmed by sequencing reaction according to Sanger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74: 5463 (1977).
- A restriction fragment containing the Ig promoter, leader sequence and the VH sequence can be excised from the staging vector and subcloned to the corresponding sites in a pSVgpt-based vector, which contains the genomic sequence of the human IgG constant region, an Ig enhancer and a gpt selection marker, forming the final expression vector. Similar strategies can be employed for the construction of the VK sequence.
- The DNA sequence containing the Ig promoter, leader sequence and the anti-HIV VK sequence can be excised from the staging vector by treatment with appropriate endonucleases, and can be subcloned into the corresponding sites of a pSVhyg-based vector, pKh, which contains the genomic sequence of human kappa chain constant regions, a hygromycin selection marker, an Ig and a kappa enhancer, forming the final expression vector.
- As humanization sometimes results in a reduction or even loss of antibody affinity, additional modification might be required in order to restore the original affinity (See, for example, Tempest et al., Bio/Technology 9: 266 (1991); Verhoeyen et al., Science 239: 1534 (1988)), which are incorporated by reference. In general, to prepare chimeric anti-HIV Mab, VH and VK chains of the anti-HIV Mab can be obtained by PCR cloning using DNA products and primers. Orlandi et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 1989, 86: 3833), and Leung et al. (BioTechniques, 1993, 15:286). The VK PCR primers may be subcloned into a pBR327 based staging vector (VKpBR) as described above. The VH PCR products may be subcloned into a similar pBluescript-based staging vector (VHpBS) as described above. The fragments containing the VK and VH sequences, along with the promoter and signal peptide sequences, can be excised from the staging vectors using appropriate restriction endonucleases. The VK fragments (about 600 bp) can be subcloned into a mammalian expression vector (for example, pKh) conventionally. pKh is a pSVhyg-based expression vector containing the genomic sequence of the human kappa constant region. an Ig enhancer, a kappa enhancer and the hygromycin-resistant gene. Similarly, the about 800 bp VH fragments can be subcloned into pG1g, a pSVgpt-based expression vector carrying the genomic sequence of the human IgG1 constant region, an Ig enhancer and the xanthine-guanine phosphoribosyl transferase (gpt) gene. The two plasmids may be transfected into mammalian expression cells, such as Sp2/O—Ag14 cells, by electroporation and selected for hygromycin resistance. Colonies surviving selection are expanded, and supernatant fluids monitored for production of chimeric anti-HIV Mab by an ELISA method. A transfection efficiency of about 1-10×106 cells is desirable. An antibody expression level of between 0.10 and 2.5 μg/ml can be expected with this system.
- RNA isolation, cDNA synthesis, and amplification can be carried out as follows. Total cell RNA can be prepared from a anti-HIV hybridoma cell line, using a total of about 107 cells, according to Sambrook et al., (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Second ed., Cold Spring Harbor Press, 1989), which is incorporated by reference. First strand cDNA can be reverse transcribed from total RNA conventionally, such as by using the SUPERSCRIPT® preamplification system (Gibco/BRL., Gaithersburg, Md.). Briefly, in a reaction volume of 20 al, 50 ng of random primers can be annealed to 5 g of RNAs in the presence of 2 μl of 10× synthesis buffer [200 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.4), 500 mM KCl, 25 mM MgCl2, 1 mg/ml BSA], 1 μl of 10 mM dNTP mix, 2 μl of 0.1 M DTT, and 200 units of SUPERSCRIPT® reverse transcriptase. The elongation step is initially allowed to proceed at room temperature for 10 min followed by incubation at 42° C. for 50 min. The reaction can be terminated by heating the reaction mixture at 90° C. for 5 min.
- The VK and VH sequences for chimeric or human anti-HIV Mab can amplified by PCR as described by Orlandi et al., (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 86: 3833 (1989)) which is incorporated by reference. VK sequences may be amplified using the primers CK3BH and VK5-3 (Leung et al., BioTechniques, 15: 286 (1993), which is incorporated by reference), while VH sequences can be amplified using the primer CH1B which anneals to the CH1 region of murine 1gG, and VHIBACK (Orlandi et al., 1989). The PCR reaction mixtures containing 10 μl of the first strand cDNA product, 9 μl of 10×PCR buffer [500 mM KCl, 100 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.3), 15 mM MgCl2, and 0.01% (w/v) gelatin] (Perkin Elmer Cetus, Norwalk, Conn.), can be subjected to 30 cycles of PCR. Each PCR cycle preferably consists of denaturation at 94° C. for 1 min, annealing at 50° C. for 1.5 min, and polymerization at 72° C. for 1.5 min. Amplified VK and VH fragments can be purified on 2% agarose (BioRad, Richmond, Calif.).
- PCR products for VK can be subcloned into a staging vector, such as a pBR327-based staging vector VKpBR that contains an Ig promoter, a signal peptide sequence and convenient restriction sites to facilitate in-frame ligation of the VK PCR products. PCR products for VH can be subcloned into a similar staging vector, such as the pBluescript-based VHpBS. Individual clones containing the respective PCR products may be sequenced by, for example, the method of Sanger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 74: 5463 (1977) which is incorporated by reference.
- The two plasmids can be co-transfected into an appropriate cell, e.g., myeloma Sp2/O—Ag14, colonies selected for hygromycin resistance, and supernatant fluids monitored for production of chimeric or humanized anti-HIV antibodies by, for example, an ELISA assay.
- Transfection and assay for antibody secreting clones by ELISA, can be carried out as follows. About 10 μg of light chain expression vector and 20 μg of heavy chain expression vector can be used for the transfection of 5×106 SP2/O myeloma cells by electroporation (BioRad, Richmond, Calif.) according to Co et al., J. Immunol., 148: 1149 (1992) which is incorporated by reference. Following transfection, cells may be grown in 96-well microtiter plates in complete HSFM medium (GIBCO, Gaithersburg, Md.) at 37° C., 5% CO2. The selection process can be initiated after two days by the addition of hygromycin selection medium (Calbiochem, San Diego, Calif.) at a final concentration of 500 g/ml of hygromycin. Colonies typically emerge 2-3 weeks post-electroporation. The cultures can then be expanded for further analysis.
- Transfectoma clones that are positive for the secretion of chimeric or humanized heavy chain can be identified by ELISA assay. Briefly, supernatant samples (100 μl) from transfectoma cultures are added in triplicate to ELISA microtiter plates precoated with goat anti-human (GAH)-IgG, F(ab′)2 fragment-specific antibody (Jackson ImmunoResearch, West Grove, Pa.). Plates are incubated for 1 h at room temperature. Unbound proteins are removed by washing three times with wash buffer (PBS containing 0.05% polysorbate 20). Horseradish peroxidase (HRP) conjugated GAH-IgG, Fc fragment-specific antibodies (Jackson ImmunoResearch, West Grove, Pa.) are added to the wells, (100 μl of antibody stock diluted×104, supplemented with the unconjugated antibody to a final concentration of 1.0 μg/ml). Following an incubation of 1 h, the plates are washed, typically three times. A reaction solution, [100 al, containing 167 μg of orthophenylene-diamine (OPD) (Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.), 0.025% hydrogen peroxide in PBS], is added to the wells. Color is allowed to develop in the dark for 30 minutes. The reaction is stopped by the addition of 50 μl of 4 N HCl solution into each well before measuring absorbance at 490 nm in an automated ELISA reader (Bio-Tek instruments, Winooski, Vt.). Bound chimeric antibodies are than determined relative to an irrelevant chimeric antibody standard (obtainable from Scotgen, Ltd., Edinburg, Scotland).
- Antibodies can be isolated from cell culture media as follows. Transfectoma cultures are adapted to serum-free medium. For production of chimeric antibody, cells are grown as a 500 ml culture in roller bottles using HSFM. Cultures are centrifuged and the supernatant filtered through a 0.2 micron membrane. The filtered medium is passed through a protein A column (1×3 cm) at a flow rate of 1 ml/min. The resin is then washed with about 10 column volumes of PBS and protein A-bound antibody is eluted from the column with 0.1 M glycine buffer (pH 3.5) containing 10 mM EDTA. Fractions of 1.0 ml are collected in tubes containing 10 μl of 3 M Tris (pH 8.6), and protein concentrations determined from the absorbancies at 280/260 nm. Peak fractions are pooled, dialyzed against PBS, and the antibody concentrated, for example, with the CENTRICON® 30 (Amicon, Beverly, Mass.). The antibody concentration is determined by ELISA, as before, and its concentration adjusted to about 1 mg/ml using PBS. Sodium azide, 0.01% (w/v), is conveniently added to the sample as preservative.
- Comparative binding affinities of the mouse, chimeric and humanized antibodies thus isolated may be determined by direct radioimmunoassay. The chimeric and humanized anti-HIV antibodies are determined to have the same binding specificity and affinity as the mouse Mab.
- All of the COMPOSITIONS and METHODS disclosed and claimed herein can be made and executed without undue experimentation in light of the present disclosure. While the compositions and methods have been described in terms of preferred embodiments, it is apparent to those of skill in the art that variations may be applied to the COMPOSITIONS and METHODS and in the steps or in the sequence of steps of the methods described herein without departing from the concept, spirit and scope of the invention. More specifically, certain agents that are both chemically and physiologically related may be substituted for the agents described herein while the same or similar results would be achieved. All such similar substitutes and modifications apparent to those skilled in the art are deemed to be within the spirit, scope and concept of the invention as defined by the appended claims.
Claims (13)
1. A method for treating HIV infection in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an anti-gp120 antibody conjugated to a cytotoxic drug, wherein exposure to the conjugated antibody is effective to reduce HIV infection or to limit the intercellular transmission of HIV to uninfected cells.
2. The method of claim 1 , wherein the drug is doxorubicin.
3. The method of claim 1 , wherein the subject is a human subject.
4. The method of claim 3 , wherein the antibody is a chimeric, humanized or human antibody or fragment.
5. The method of claim 4 , wherein the conjugated antibody is administered to the subject after a known or potential infection with HIV.
6. The method of claim 5 , wherein the time period between known or potential infection and administration of the conjugated antibody to the subject is less than 1 hour, 1 to 5 hours, less than 12 hours, 1 day or less, 2 days or less, 1 week or less, or 1 month or less.
7. The method of claim 3 , wherein the conjugated antibody is administered to the subject after the subject is treated with anti-retroviral therapy (ART).
8. The method of claim 1 , wherein the drug is aplidin, azaribine, anastrozole, azacytidine, bleomycin, bortezomib, bryostatin-1, busulfan, calicheamycin, camptothecin, 10-hydroxycamptothecin, carmustine, celebrex, chlorambucil, cisplatin, irinotecan (CPT-11), SN-38, carboplatin, cladribine, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, dacarbazine, docetaxel, dactinomycin, daunomycin glucuronide, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, 2-pyrrolinodoxorubicine (2P-DOX), cyano-morpholino doxorubicin, doxorubicin glucuronide, epirubicin glucuronide, estramustine, etoposide, etoposide glucuronide, etoposide phosphate, floxuridine (FUdR), 3′,5′-O-dioleoyl-FudR (FUdR-dO), fludarabine, flutamide, fluorouracil, gemcitabine, hydroxyurea, idarubicin, ifosfamide, L-asparaginase, leucovorin, lomustine, mechlorethamine, melphalan, mercaptopurine, 6-mercaptopurine, methotrexate, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, mitomycin, mitotane, phenyl butyrate, procarbazine, paclitaxel, pentostatin, PSI-341, semustine, streptozocin, tamoxifen, taxanes, taxol, thalidomide, thioguanine, thiotepa, teniposide, topotecan, uracil mustard, velcade, vinblastine, vinorelbine, vincristine, or a combination thereof.
9. The method of claim 7 , wherein the anti-retroviral therapy comprises treatment with efavirenz, zidovudine, tenofovir, lamivudine, emtricitabine, didanosine, abacavir, stavudine, nevirapine, lopinavir, ritonavir, atazanavir, fosamprenavir, indinavir, nelfinavir, saquinavir, or a combination thereof.
10. The method of claim 1 , wherein the administration is oral, nasal, buccal, inhalational, rectal, vaginal, topical, orthotopic, intradermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intraarterial, intrathecal or intravenous.
11. The method of claim 1 , wherein exposure to the conjugated antibody is effective to reduce HIV infection or to limit the intercellular transmission of HIV to uninfected cells in vivo.
12. The method of claim 11 , wherein exposure to the conjugated antibody is effective to reduce HIV infection or to limit the intercellular transmission of HIV to uninfected cells in vivo without toxic side effects.
13. The method of claim 1 , wherein the cytotoxic drug binds to an intracellular molecule.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US15/446,186 US20170173167A1 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2017-03-01 | Methods and Compositions for Treatment of Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection with Conjugated Antibodies or Antibody Fragments |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US80034206P | 2006-05-15 | 2006-05-15 | |
US11/745,692 US8333971B2 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2007-05-08 | Methods and compositions for treatment of human immunodeficiency virus infection with conjugated antibodies or antibody fragments |
US13/675,422 US8697080B2 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2012-11-13 | Methods and compositions for treatment of human immunodeficiency virus infection with conjugated antibodies or antibody fragments |
US14/187,549 US20140170065A1 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2014-02-24 | Methods and Compositions for Treatment of Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection with Conjugated Antibodies or Antibody Fragments |
US14/695,729 US20150224192A1 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2015-04-24 | Methods and Compositions for Treatment of Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection with Conjugated Antibodies or Antibody Fragments |
US15/446,186 US20170173167A1 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2017-03-01 | Methods and Compositions for Treatment of Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection with Conjugated Antibodies or Antibody Fragments |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/695,729 Division US20150224192A1 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2015-04-24 | Methods and Compositions for Treatment of Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection with Conjugated Antibodies or Antibody Fragments |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20170173167A1 true US20170173167A1 (en) | 2017-06-22 |
Family
ID=38694630
Family Applications (5)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/745,692 Active 2028-07-23 US8333971B2 (en) | 2005-04-06 | 2007-05-08 | Methods and compositions for treatment of human immunodeficiency virus infection with conjugated antibodies or antibody fragments |
US13/675,422 Active US8697080B2 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2012-11-13 | Methods and compositions for treatment of human immunodeficiency virus infection with conjugated antibodies or antibody fragments |
US14/187,549 Abandoned US20140170065A1 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2014-02-24 | Methods and Compositions for Treatment of Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection with Conjugated Antibodies or Antibody Fragments |
US14/695,729 Abandoned US20150224192A1 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2015-04-24 | Methods and Compositions for Treatment of Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection with Conjugated Antibodies or Antibody Fragments |
US15/446,186 Abandoned US20170173167A1 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2017-03-01 | Methods and Compositions for Treatment of Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection with Conjugated Antibodies or Antibody Fragments |
Family Applications Before (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/745,692 Active 2028-07-23 US8333971B2 (en) | 2005-04-06 | 2007-05-08 | Methods and compositions for treatment of human immunodeficiency virus infection with conjugated antibodies or antibody fragments |
US13/675,422 Active US8697080B2 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2012-11-13 | Methods and compositions for treatment of human immunodeficiency virus infection with conjugated antibodies or antibody fragments |
US14/187,549 Abandoned US20140170065A1 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2014-02-24 | Methods and Compositions for Treatment of Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection with Conjugated Antibodies or Antibody Fragments |
US14/695,729 Abandoned US20150224192A1 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2015-04-24 | Methods and Compositions for Treatment of Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection with Conjugated Antibodies or Antibody Fragments |
Country Status (8)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (5) | US8333971B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP2016173A4 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2009538284A (en) |
CN (1) | CN101506358B (en) |
AU (1) | AU2007249488B2 (en) |
BR (1) | BRPI0711586A2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2651285C (en) |
WO (1) | WO2007134037A2 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2020037009A1 (en) * | 2018-08-13 | 2020-02-20 | Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. | Conjugates and methods of using the same |
Families Citing this family (83)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7550143B2 (en) * | 2005-04-06 | 2009-06-23 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for generating stably linked complexes composed of homodimers, homotetramers or dimers of dimers and uses |
US7534866B2 (en) | 2005-10-19 | 2009-05-19 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions for generating bioactive assemblies of increased complexity and uses |
US7666400B2 (en) * | 2005-04-06 | 2010-02-23 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | PEGylation by the dock and lock (DNL) technique |
US8491896B2 (en) * | 2002-06-14 | 2013-07-23 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Anti-pancreatic cancer antibodies |
US8821868B2 (en) | 2002-06-14 | 2014-09-02 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Anti-pancreatic cancer antibodies |
US7906118B2 (en) * | 2005-04-06 | 2011-03-15 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modular method to prepare tetrameric cytokines with improved pharmacokinetics by the dock-and-lock (DNL) technology |
US9599619B2 (en) | 2002-06-14 | 2017-03-21 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Anti-pancreatic cancer antibodies |
US9005613B2 (en) | 2003-06-16 | 2015-04-14 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Anti-mucin antibodies for early detection and treatment of pancreatic cancer |
US8491914B2 (en) | 2004-02-13 | 2013-07-23 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Dock-and-lock (DNL) complexes for delivery of interference RNA |
US8652484B2 (en) | 2004-02-13 | 2014-02-18 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Delivery system for cytotoxic drugs by bispecific antibody pretargeting |
US8003111B2 (en) * | 2005-04-06 | 2011-08-23 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Dimeric alpha interferon pegylated site-specifically shows enhanced and prolonged efficacy in vivo |
US8435539B2 (en) * | 2004-02-13 | 2013-05-07 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Delivery system for cytotoxic drugs by bispecific antibody pretargeting |
US8034352B2 (en) | 2005-04-06 | 2011-10-11 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Tetrameric cytokines with improved biological activity |
US8158129B2 (en) | 2005-04-06 | 2012-04-17 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Dimeric alpha interferon PEGylated site-specifically shows enhanced and prolonged efficacy in vivo |
US9931413B2 (en) | 2005-04-06 | 2018-04-03 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Tetrameric cytokines with improved biological activity |
US8481041B2 (en) | 2005-04-06 | 2013-07-09 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Dock-and-lock (DNL) constructs for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) therapy |
US8067006B2 (en) | 2005-04-06 | 2011-11-29 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Polymeric carriers of therapeutic agents and recognition moieties for antibody-based targeting of disease sites |
US8475794B2 (en) | 2005-04-06 | 2013-07-02 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Combination therapy with anti-CD74 antibodies provides enhanced toxicity to malignancies, Autoimmune disease and other diseases |
US9862770B2 (en) | 2005-10-19 | 2018-01-09 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Multivalent antibody complexes targeting IGF-1R show potent toxicity against solid tumors |
US20100226884A1 (en) | 2009-01-20 | 2010-09-09 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Novel Class of Monospecific and Bispecific Humanized Antibodies that Target the Insulin-like Growth Factor Type I Receptor (IGF-1R) |
US8883162B2 (en) | 2005-10-19 | 2014-11-11 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Multivalent antibody complexes targeting IGF-1R show potent toxicity against solid tumors |
JP2010516675A (en) * | 2007-01-17 | 2010-05-20 | イミューノメディクス、インコーポレイテッド | Recognition moieties for polymer carriers of therapeutic agents and antibody-based targeting of disease sites |
US9181327B2 (en) | 2008-01-07 | 2015-11-10 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Anti-HIV domain antibodies and method of making and using same |
WO2009117661A2 (en) * | 2008-03-20 | 2009-09-24 | United States Department Of The Army, As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army, On Behalf Of The Walter Reed Army Institute Of Research | Carrier neutralization assay |
US9272029B2 (en) | 2009-03-26 | 2016-03-01 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Interferon lambada-antibody complexes |
US8865876B2 (en) * | 2008-06-02 | 2014-10-21 | California Institute Of Technology | Engineered lectin oligomers with antiviral activity |
US8623322B2 (en) | 2008-06-13 | 2014-01-07 | Stc.Unm | Non-invasive diagnostic agents and methods of diagnosing infectious disease |
WO2011091113A2 (en) | 2010-01-22 | 2011-07-28 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Detection of early-stage pancreatic adenocarcinoma |
KR100953498B1 (en) * | 2009-02-13 | 2010-04-16 | 고려대학교 산학협력단 | Novel compound, a preparation method of the same and a delivery system comprising the same |
WO2010099576A1 (en) * | 2009-03-04 | 2010-09-10 | Sydney West Area Health Service | Compositions and methods for enhancing immune responses |
EP2435571B1 (en) * | 2009-05-28 | 2016-12-14 | CuRNA, Inc. | Treatment of antiviral gene related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to an antiviral gene |
CN102575252B (en) | 2009-06-01 | 2016-04-20 | 光环生物干扰疗法公司 | For polynucleotide, the compoistion and method of use of multivalence RNA interference |
FR2949195B1 (en) * | 2009-08-24 | 2011-10-14 | Lfb Biomedicaments | STORAGE POUCH OF THERAPEUTIC SOLUTION |
CA2772572A1 (en) * | 2009-08-31 | 2011-03-03 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bispecific immunocytokine dock-and-lock (dnl) complexes and therapeutic use thereof |
EP2496256A4 (en) * | 2009-11-05 | 2013-07-17 | Ct Molecular Med & Immunology | Immunoconjugates comprising poxvirus-derived peptides and antibodies against antigen-presenting cells for subunit-based poxvirus vaccines |
CN102665758A (en) * | 2009-12-09 | 2012-09-12 | Ibc药品公司 | Dock-and-lock (DNL) Complexes For Delivery of Interference RNA |
WO2011072124A1 (en) * | 2009-12-09 | 2011-06-16 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Delivery system for cytotoxic drugs by bispecific antibody pretargeting |
AU2011203890B2 (en) * | 2010-01-11 | 2013-05-30 | Center For Molecular Medicine And Immunology | Enhanced cytotoxicity of anti-CD74 and anti-HLA-DR antibodies with interferon-gamma |
US8815507B2 (en) | 2010-03-18 | 2014-08-26 | California Institute Of Technology | Method and materials for the cooperative hybridization of oligonucleotides |
FR2959994B1 (en) * | 2010-05-12 | 2012-08-24 | Lfb Biotechnologies | NOVEL 12G4 MUTUS HUMANIZED ANTIBODIES AND THEIR FRAGMENTS DIRECTED AGAINST THE HUMAN TYPE II ANTI-MULLERIAN HORMONE RECEPTOR |
HUE027146T2 (en) * | 2010-06-07 | 2016-10-28 | Univ Missouri | Conjugated polymeric material and uses thereof |
GB201012410D0 (en) * | 2010-07-23 | 2010-09-08 | Medical Res Council | Intracellular immunity |
CA2808211C (en) * | 2010-08-17 | 2018-08-28 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Combination therapy with anti-cd74 antibodies provides enhanced toxicity to malignancies, autoimmune disease and other diseases |
CN103328001B (en) * | 2010-11-03 | 2017-02-15 | Ibc药品公司 | Dock-and-lock (DNL) constructs for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) therapy |
US9067988B2 (en) | 2010-12-01 | 2015-06-30 | Alderbio Holdings Llc | Methods of preventing or treating pain using anti-NGF antibodies |
US9539324B2 (en) | 2010-12-01 | 2017-01-10 | Alderbio Holdings, Llc | Methods of preventing inflammation and treating pain using anti-NGF compositions |
WO2012075340A2 (en) | 2010-12-01 | 2012-06-07 | Alderbio Holdings Llc | Anti-ngf compositions and use thereof |
US9078878B2 (en) | 2010-12-01 | 2015-07-14 | Alderbio Holdings Llc | Anti-NGF antibodies that selectively inhibit the association of NGF with TrkA, without affecting the association of NGF with p75 |
US11214610B2 (en) | 2010-12-01 | 2022-01-04 | H. Lundbeck A/S | High-purity production of multi-subunit proteins such as antibodies in transformed microbes such as Pichia pastoris |
US9884909B2 (en) | 2010-12-01 | 2018-02-06 | Alderbio Holdings Llc | Anti-NGF compositions and use thereof |
EP2675485A4 (en) | 2011-02-15 | 2014-10-15 | Immunomedics Inc | Anti-mucin antibodies for early detection and treatment of pancreatic cancer |
CN102212133B (en) * | 2011-03-30 | 2013-01-16 | 中国医学科学院病原生物学研究所 | Fab segment of human-source human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) antibody and coded gene and application thereof |
PT2710033T (en) * | 2011-05-17 | 2021-03-11 | Univ Rockefeller | Human immunodeficiency virus neutralizing antibodies and methods of use thereof |
US20150320893A1 (en) * | 2012-05-03 | 2015-11-12 | Joseph M VOLPE | Treatment of latent hiv infection |
CN104363919A (en) | 2012-06-01 | 2015-02-18 | Ibc药品公司 | Multimeric complexes with improved in vivo stability, pharmacokinetics and efficacy |
US9682143B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2017-06-20 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Combination therapy for inducing immune response to disease |
US9382329B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2016-07-05 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Disease therapy by inducing immune response to Trop-2 expressing cells |
CN104379169A (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2015-02-25 | Ibc药品公司 | T-cell redirecting bispecific antibodies for treatment of disease |
US20150231241A1 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2015-08-20 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Combination therapy for inducing immune response to disease |
EP4035689A1 (en) | 2012-12-13 | 2022-08-03 | Immunomedics Inc. | Dosages of immunoconjugates of antibodies and sn-38 for improved efficacy and decreased toxicity |
WO2017004144A1 (en) | 2015-07-01 | 2017-01-05 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Antibody-sn-38 immunoconjugates with a cl2a linker |
US9452228B2 (en) | 2013-04-01 | 2016-09-27 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Antibodies reactive with an epitope located in the N-terminal region of MUC5AC comprising cysteine-rich subdomain 2 (Cys2) |
WO2014204800A1 (en) * | 2013-06-17 | 2014-12-24 | Emory University | Pathogen binding agents conjugated to radioisotopes and uses in imaging and therapeutic applications |
US10376583B2 (en) | 2013-09-30 | 2019-08-13 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Human immunodeficiency virus therapies utilizing N332-glycan-dependent antibodies and a reservoir activator |
US9416197B2 (en) | 2013-11-01 | 2016-08-16 | Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Bispecific antibodies that neutralize both TNF-α and IL-6: novel therapeutic agent for autoimmune disease |
US10308707B2 (en) | 2013-12-02 | 2019-06-04 | Aaron Diamond Aids Research Center | Bispecific HIV-1-neutralizing antibodies |
AU2014360760B2 (en) | 2013-12-02 | 2019-12-12 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Improved HIV-1-neutralizing antibody potency and breadth via cell receptor anchoring using bispecific antibodies with native architecture |
CN104109670B (en) * | 2014-03-12 | 2018-01-05 | 首都医科大学附属北京安定医院 | A kind of Double-stranded siRNA molecules and its application |
IL278350B (en) | 2014-04-03 | 2022-06-01 | Igm Biosciences Inc | Modified j-chain |
CA2954934C (en) | 2014-06-30 | 2023-09-26 | Glykos Finland Oy | Drug derivative and conjugates |
WO2016054296A2 (en) * | 2014-09-30 | 2016-04-07 | California Institute Of Technology | Crosslinked anti-hiv-1 compositions for potent and broad neutralization |
CN107614515B (en) | 2015-05-28 | 2022-03-22 | 免疫医疗公司 | T20 construct for anti-HIV (human immunodeficiency Virus) therapy and/or vaccine |
CN114796501A (en) | 2015-06-25 | 2022-07-29 | 免疫医疗公司 | Methods of treating cancer with combinations of antibodies and therapeutic agents |
MX2018002090A (en) | 2015-08-24 | 2018-09-12 | Halo Bio Rnai Therapeutics Inc | Polynucleotide nanoparticles for the modulation of gene expression and uses thereof. |
EP3356355B1 (en) * | 2015-09-30 | 2020-05-13 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Compounds and combinations for the treatment of hiv |
EP3355913B1 (en) | 2015-09-30 | 2024-10-30 | IGM Biosciences, Inc. | Binding molecules with modified j-chain |
CN108463472A (en) | 2015-09-30 | 2018-08-28 | Igm生物科学有限公司 | The binding molecule of J- chains with modification |
US11331378B2 (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2022-05-17 | Orgenesis Inc. | Prophylactic protection against viral infections |
WO2018183294A1 (en) * | 2017-03-27 | 2018-10-04 | David Weiner | Dna antibody constructs for use against hiv |
EP3797118A4 (en) | 2018-05-22 | 2022-06-29 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Antibody therapies for human immunodeficiency virus (hiv) |
CN118043080A (en) | 2021-08-13 | 2024-05-14 | 昆山新蕴达生物科技有限公司 | Antibody coupling medicine based on microtubule inhibitor |
CN117881431A (en) | 2021-08-24 | 2024-04-12 | 昆山新蕴达生物科技有限公司 | Antibody-conjugated drug conjugated by cleavable linker |
CN118401258A (en) | 2021-12-09 | 2024-07-26 | 昆山新蕴达生物科技有限公司 | Antibody-drug conjugate with improved affinity, preparation method and application thereof |
Family Cites Families (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2520464B2 (en) * | 1987-05-29 | 1996-07-31 | タノツクス・バイオシステムズ・インコーポレーテツド | Monoclonal antibody that neutralizes HIV-1 |
CA2073060A1 (en) * | 1990-01-16 | 1991-07-17 | Paul J. Higgins | Monoclonal antibody specific for non-immunodominant epitope of hiv proteins |
SE9000333D0 (en) * | 1990-01-31 | 1990-01-31 | Britta Wahren | MONOCLONAL ANTIBODY |
US7405320B2 (en) * | 1998-06-22 | 2008-07-29 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Therapeutic and diagnostic conjugates for use with multispecific antibodies |
US6706252B1 (en) * | 1998-10-30 | 2004-03-16 | Rx/Ibr Corporation | Method of treating disease with radioisotopes conjugated to bioactive substances |
US8877901B2 (en) * | 2002-12-13 | 2014-11-04 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Camptothecin-binding moiety conjugates |
US20060094006A1 (en) * | 2002-05-01 | 2006-05-04 | Genoveffa Franchini | Immunotherapy regimens in hiv-infected patients |
MXPA05008222A (en) * | 2003-01-31 | 2005-10-05 | Immunomedics Inc | Methods and compositions for administering therapeutic and diagnostic agents. |
US20050175619A1 (en) * | 2004-02-05 | 2005-08-11 | Robert Duffy | Methods of producing antibody conjugates |
-
2007
- 2007-05-08 US US11/745,692 patent/US8333971B2/en active Active
- 2007-05-08 CN CN2007800267769A patent/CN101506358B/en active Active
- 2007-05-08 JP JP2009511157A patent/JP2009538284A/en active Pending
- 2007-05-08 WO PCT/US2007/068449 patent/WO2007134037A2/en active Application Filing
- 2007-05-08 AU AU2007249488A patent/AU2007249488B2/en active Active
- 2007-05-08 BR BRPI0711586-5A patent/BRPI0711586A2/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2007-05-08 CA CA2651285A patent/CA2651285C/en active Active
- 2007-05-08 EP EP07761994A patent/EP2016173A4/en not_active Ceased
-
2012
- 2012-11-13 US US13/675,422 patent/US8697080B2/en active Active
-
2014
- 2014-02-24 US US14/187,549 patent/US20140170065A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2015
- 2015-04-24 US US14/695,729 patent/US20150224192A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2017
- 2017-03-01 US US15/446,186 patent/US20170173167A1/en not_active Abandoned
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2020037009A1 (en) * | 2018-08-13 | 2020-02-20 | Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. | Conjugates and methods of using the same |
US11998610B2 (en) | 2018-08-13 | 2024-06-04 | Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. | Conjugates and methods of using the same |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN101506358A (en) | 2009-08-12 |
US20150224192A1 (en) | 2015-08-13 |
EP2016173A2 (en) | 2009-01-21 |
US8697080B2 (en) | 2014-04-15 |
CN101506358B (en) | 2013-07-17 |
US20130071406A1 (en) | 2013-03-21 |
EP2016173A4 (en) | 2010-06-09 |
WO2007134037A3 (en) | 2008-11-27 |
US20140170065A1 (en) | 2014-06-19 |
AU2007249488B2 (en) | 2011-11-10 |
WO2007134037A2 (en) | 2007-11-22 |
CA2651285A1 (en) | 2007-11-22 |
US20070264265A1 (en) | 2007-11-15 |
AU2007249488A1 (en) | 2007-11-22 |
BRPI0711586A2 (en) | 2011-11-16 |
CA2651285C (en) | 2014-08-19 |
US8333971B2 (en) | 2012-12-18 |
JP2009538284A (en) | 2009-11-05 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US8697080B2 (en) | Methods and compositions for treatment of human immunodeficiency virus infection with conjugated antibodies or antibody fragments | |
US20210221907A1 (en) | Antibodies specific to trophoblast antigen 2 (trop2) | |
US10111954B2 (en) | Combination therapy for inducing immune response to disease | |
JP6024025B2 (en) | Ultrafiltration concentration of allotype-selected antibodies for small volume administration | |
US9248184B2 (en) | Dock-and-lock (DNL) constructs for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) therapy | |
EP2981281B1 (en) | Combination therapy for inducing immune response to disease | |
AU2014293670B2 (en) | Antibody-SN-38 immunoconjugates with a CL2A linker | |
US7803913B2 (en) | Identification of novel broadly cross-reactive neutralizing human monoclonal antibodies using sequential antigen panning of phage display libraries | |
JP2016513098A (en) | An extremely potent prodrug form of 2-pyrrolinodoxorubicin (P2PDOX) conjugated with an antibody for cancer targeted therapy | |
US10709701B2 (en) | Efficacy of anti-HLA-DR antibody drug conjugate IMMU-140 (hL243-CL2A-SN-38) in HLA-DR positive cancers | |
US20210284726A1 (en) | Antibodies specific to folate receptor alpha | |
ES2320051T3 (en) | SPECIFIC HUMAN MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES OF THE E2 ANTIGEN OF HEPATITIS C VIRUS (HCV). | |
US6538114B1 (en) | Human monoclonal antibodies specific for hepatitis C virus (HCV) E2 antigen | |
JP2006501283A (en) | LFA-1α subunit antibody and method of use | |
CA3206413A1 (en) | Antibodies against cd112r and uses thereof | |
WO2022023292A9 (en) | Corona virus spike protein-targeting antibodies and use thereof | |
WO2021239088A1 (en) | Sars-cov-2 neutralizing antibodies and uses thereof |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: IMMUNOMEDICS, INC., NEW JERSEY Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:GOLDENBERG, DAVID M.;CHANG, CHIEN-HSING;ROSSI, EDMUND A.;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20130220 TO 20130227;REEL/FRAME:042601/0576 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |